WO2012052843A1 - Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies - Google Patents

Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012052843A1
WO2012052843A1 PCT/IB2011/002796 IB2011002796W WO2012052843A1 WO 2012052843 A1 WO2012052843 A1 WO 2012052843A1 IB 2011002796 W IB2011002796 W IB 2011002796W WO 2012052843 A1 WO2012052843 A1 WO 2012052843A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
equiv
mmol
group
disease
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2011/002796
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Nicolas Winssinger
Sofia Barluenga
Original Assignee
Universite De Strasbourg
Le Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to AU2011319685A priority Critical patent/AU2011319685B2/en
Application filed by Universite De Strasbourg, Le Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique filed Critical Universite De Strasbourg
Priority to RU2013122898/04A priority patent/RU2013122898A/en
Priority to BR112013009614A priority patent/BR112013009614A2/en
Priority to CA2812320A priority patent/CA2812320A1/en
Priority to US13/880,878 priority patent/US20140031302A1/en
Priority to KR1020137012551A priority patent/KR20140021520A/en
Priority to EP11797116.8A priority patent/EP2630132A1/en
Priority to CN2011800601830A priority patent/CN103370311A/en
Priority to JP2013534404A priority patent/JP2013543840A/en
Publication of WO2012052843A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012052843A1/en
Priority to IL225371A priority patent/IL225371A0/en
Priority to US14/611,978 priority patent/US20150374680A1/en
Priority to US15/250,742 priority patent/US20170174669A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/454—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pimozide, domperidone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D313/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H15/26—Acyclic or carbocyclic radicals, substituted by hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H17/00—Compounds containing heterocyclic radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H17/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only oxygen as ring hetero atoms
    • C07H17/08—Hetero rings containing eight or more ring members, e.g. erythromycins

Definitions

  • the present invention is related to novel derivatives, analogs, and intermediates of the natural products radicicol, pochonins, pochoximes, and to their syntheses.
  • the present invention is also related to the use of these compounds as inhibitors of kinases and of the enzyme family known as heat shock protein 90 (HSP90).
  • the heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) has emerged as an extremely promising therapeutic target in recent years.' 1"3 ' Despite the seemingly ubiquitous functions of this highly expressed chaperone, its role in stabilizing conformational ly labile proteins has implications in diverse pathologies.
  • Inhibitors of HSP90 have been shown to be broadly effective for a number of cancer indications,' 4 ' 51 neurodegenerative diseases,' 6"101 infectious diseases,' 111 and inflammation- related disorders.
  • ' 12 ' Two natural products, radicicol and geldanamycin (as shown in Scheme 1 below), both of which disrupt the ATPase activity of Hsp90, have been instrumental in understanding the role of HSP90 in oncogenic processes and the therapeutic potential of its inhibition.
  • ' 13"15 neither natural product has acceptable pharmacological properties for clinical application.
  • Medicinal chemistry efforts have led to the discovery of novel scaffolds such as purines' 16 ' 171 (CNF-2024), resorcinol-isoxazoles [!
  • dimethoxyhydroquinone functionality has recently been reported to have better pharmacological properties than 17AAG while acting as a prodrug. 125 '
  • pochonin D represents a simplified pharmacophore of radicicol which recapitulates its activity. Furthermore, significant improvements in cellular efficacy could be achieved through the formation of oximes. [27] In fact, pochoximes A, B, and C (as shown in Scheme 1 above), are amongst the most potent HSP90 inhibitors reported to date, inducing client protein degradation in SKBR3 cell lines at low nM concentration, and pochoxime A treatment leads to tumor regression in xenografts bearing BT474 breast tumor cells.
  • This application provides crystal structures obtained by co-crystal ization of pochoxime A and B with human HSP90a and a compound library extending the diversity of the pochoximes as well as asymmetric synthesis of the pochoxime analogs with C-6 modifications.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), or a harmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof:
  • X is O, S or NR
  • Y is -OR, -0-(CH 2 ) m COOR, -0-(CH 2 ) m C0N(R) 2 , -N(R) 2 , -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S0 2 R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration;
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH 2 )-0-R z ;
  • R z is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, OR, N(R) 2 , SR, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, -S(0)R, -S(0) 2 R, -S0 2 N(R) 2 , - N(R)S0 2 R, -N(CO)R, -N(CO)N(R) 2 , -N(CO)OR, -0(CO)R, -(CO)R, -(CO)OR, -(CO)N(R) 2 , - 0(CO)OR, or -0(CO)N(R) 2 ;
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, alkylaryl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, OR, N(R) 2 , SR, -0(C3 ⁇ 4) m N(R)C(0)(CH 2 ) p R, -0(CH 2 ) m OC(0)(CH 2 ) p R, -0(CH 2 ) m C(0)(CH 2 ) p N(R) 2 , -0(CH 2 ) m C(0)(CH 2 ) p OR, -0(CH 2 ) m N(R)C(0)(CH 2 ) p 0R, -0(CH 2 ) m N(R)C(0)(CH 2 )pN(R) 2 , -0(CH
  • each R is independently hydrogen, aliphatic, amino, azido, cyano, nitro, alkylamino, diaJkylamino, OH, alkoxy, carbonylamino, aminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbonyloxy, carboxy, acyl, aryl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or a protecting group; or two R on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 5 to 8 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring; wherein where a group contains more than one R substituent; wherein R is optionally substituted, and each R can be the same or different;
  • n and p are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under
  • L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a patient with a disease comprising administering to the patient with the disease an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, wherein the disease is mediated by kinases and Heat Shock Protein 90 (HSP90).
  • the disease is an autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, neurological or neurodegenerative disease, cancer, cardiovascular disease, allergy, asthma, or a hormone-related disease.
  • FIG. 1 Co-crystal structure of radicicol (panel A - pdb: lbgq) pochoxime A (panel B - pdb: 3inw) and pochoxime B (panel C - pdb: 3inx) with HSP90.
  • FIG. 1 Cellular efficacy of pochoximes A 1 B5C1D1 (IC50). Depletion of Her-2 in SkBr3 cells were treated with the inhibitor for 18h.
  • the present invention provides pochoxime derivatives as herein described.
  • the present compounds have structural formulae (I), (II), (Ilia), (Mb), and (IIIc) as well as any subgenus and species thereof, wherein a targeting moiety is appended to the allylic carbon 6 via a linkage moiety.
  • the allylic carbon 6 refers to the carbon atom (marked with *) covalently bonded to "L" as shown in structural formula (I) below:
  • the term "targeting moiety” can be a molecular moiety that specifically binds " with a biological situs under physiological conditions.
  • the targeting moiety may bind to a defined population of cells or selected cell type.
  • the targeting moiety may also bind a receptor, an oligonucleotide, an enzymatic substrate, an antigenic determinant, or other binding site present on or in the target cell or cell population.
  • the targeting moiety comprises an antibody, antibody fragment, or substance specific for a given receptor binding site.
  • the ligand, or targeting moiety comprises a receptor-specific peptide, carbohydrate, protein, lipid, nucleoside, peptide nucleic acid, or combinations thereof.
  • the ligand or targeting moiety is an organic compound.
  • the targeting moiety can be used to enhance the pharmacological properties or to specifically capitalize on an active transport mechanism to enrich the concentration of the drug in specific cell types using conjugates such as glucose or biotin or peptides known to interact with cell surface receptors.
  • the targeting group can be linked via an ether, ester, carbonate, thioether, thioester, amine, amide, urea, carbonate urea, thiourea, imine, hydrazine, hydrazone, and etc.
  • nitrogen -based functional group refers to an organic moiety containing a nitrogen and other atom(s) including any one or more of hydrogen, carbon, halegen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and etc., wherein the nitrogen atom is covalently attached to the allylic carbon 6.
  • nitrogen-based functional group include, but are not limited to, amino, azide, N-alkyl substituted amino, ⁇ , ⁇ -dialkyl substituted amino, acyl substituted amino, and etc. wherein each of the alkyl and acyl is optiontionally substituted.
  • nitrogen-based functional group refers to an organic moiety containing an oxygen and other atom(s) including any one or more of hydrogen, carbon, halegen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and etc., wherein the oxygen atom is covalently attached to the allylic carbon 6.
  • nitrogen-based functional group include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl, alkoxy, acyl substituted oxygen, and etc. wherein each of the alkyl and acyl is optiontionally substituted.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof.
  • the structural Formula (I) does not include the compound listed in Table X below:
  • X is O or NR.
  • Y is -OR, -0-(CH 2 ) m COOR or -0-(CH 2 ) m CON(R) 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl; and R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R z is lower alkyl, alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl, or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
  • R z is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n- propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, methoxy-ethyl, methoxy-methyl, chloromethyl, or benzyl.
  • L-TM is an oxygen or nitrogen-based functional group.
  • the compound in one embodiment, can be represented by structural formula (II):
  • X is O, S or NR
  • Y is -OR, -0-(CH 2 ) m COOR, -0-(CH 2 ) m CON(R) 2 , -N(R) 2 , -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S0 2 R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration;
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH 2 )-0-R z ;
  • R z is optionally substituted alkyl
  • R 1 and R 2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 8 , R 9 and R i0 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl
  • TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under physiological conditions; or alternatively, L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group;
  • the compound in one embodiment, can be represented by structural Formula (Ilia).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are -(CH 2 )-0-R z ;
  • R z is optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 1 is H, halog or lower alkyl;
  • R 3 and R 9 are independently H or lower alkyl;
  • L-TM is an oxygen-based functional group.
  • the compound in one embodiment, can be represented by structural Formula (lllb :
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are -(CH2)-0-R z ;
  • R z is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 3 and R 9 are independently H or lower alkyl;
  • L-TM is a nitrogen-based functional group.
  • the compound in one embodiment, can be represented by structural Formula (IIIc):
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are -(CH 2 )-0-R z ;
  • R z is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
  • R 1 is H, halogen, or lower alkyl;
  • R 3 and R 9 are independently H or lower alkyl;
  • the present invention provides a compound selected from thyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl-N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethy
  • compound(s) of the present invention refers to compounds encompassed by structural formulae disclosed herein, e.g., Formula (I), (II), (Ilia), (Mb), and (IIIc), including any specific compounds within these formulae whose structure is disclosed herein.
  • Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound.
  • the present compounds can inhibit the biological activity of a CK2 protein, and thereby is also referred to herein as an “inhibitor(s)" or "CK2 inhibitor(s)”.
  • a group may be substituted by one or more of a number of substituents
  • substitutions are selected so as to comply with principles of chemical bonding and to give compounds which are not inherently unstable and/or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art as likely to be unstable under ambient conditions, such as aqueous, neutral, and several known physiological conditions.
  • a heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl is attached to the remainder of the molecule via a ring heteroatom in compliance with principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art thereby avoiding inherently unstable compounds.
  • Ci- alkyl Whenever a term in the specification is identified as a range (i.e. Ci- alkyl), the range independently refers to each element of the range.
  • C e alkyl means, independently, Ci, C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , Cs, or C 6 alkyl.
  • substituents when one or more substituents are referred to as being "independently selected from” a group, this means that each substituent can be any element of that group, and any combination of these groups can be separated from the group.
  • R 1 and R 2 can be independently selected from X, Y and Z, this separately includes the groups R 1 is X and R 2 is X; R 1 is X and R 2 is Y; R 1 is X and R 2 is Z; R 1 is Y and R 2 is X; R 1 is Y and R 2 is Y; R 1 is Y and R 2 is Z; R 1 is Z and R 2 is X; R 1 is Z and R 2 is Y; and R 1 is Z and R 2 is Z.
  • aliphatic as used herein means straight-chain, branched or cyclic typically of C) to Ci8, and in certain embodiment of Ci to Cio or of d to Ce, hydrocarbons which are completely saturated or which contain one or more units of unsaturation but which are not aromatic.
  • suitable aliphatic groups include substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
  • alkyl used alone or as part of a larger moiety includes both straight and branched chains containing one to twelve carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl and “alkynyl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include both straight and branched chains containing two to twelve carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include cyclic C 3 -C
  • Aliphatic groups can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties, including but not limited to, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, thiol, imine, sulfonic acid, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamoyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrozine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not inhibit the pharmacological activity of this compound,
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon, including but not limited to groups typically of C ⁇ to CM and in certain embodiment of Ci to Cio or of C ⁇ to C 6 , and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexylisohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3- methylpentyl, 2, 2- dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. Alkyl groups may be substituted as noted above for the term "aliphatic.”
  • lower alkyl refers to optionally substituted Ci to Ce saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms.
  • alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, wopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, secbutyl, isobutyl, tertb y ⁇ , cyclobutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1 , 1 -dimethylpropyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • the alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, thiol, imine, sulfonic acid, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamonyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrazine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not
  • halo or halogen, as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo, and fluoro.
  • chiral as used herein includes a compound that has the property that it is not superimposable on its mirror image.
  • tautomer refers to alternate structures which are recognized in the art to be in equilibrium with the depicted structure.
  • the enol structure below is a tautomer of the ketone structure and recognized to be in equilibrium with the ketone structure.
  • solvate or “pharmaceutically acceptable solvate,” is a solvate formed from the association of one or more solvent molecules to one or more molecules of a compound of any one of formulas I, ⁇ , II, ⁇ , III, ⁇ , IV or V or the compounds depicted in Table 1.
  • solvate includes hydrates (e.g., hemi-hydrate, mono-hydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and the like).
  • alkylthio refers to a straight or branched chain alkylsulfide of the number of carbons specified, such as for example, ethylthio, -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S- alkynyl, etc.
  • alkylamino or arylamino refer to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this
  • alkyl when alkyl is a suitable moiety, then it is a lower alkyl, whether substituted or unsubstituted.
  • alkylsulfonyl means a straight or branched alkylsulfone of the number of carbon atoms specified, as for example, Ci_ alkylsulfonyl or methylsulfonyl.
  • alkoxycarbonyl refers to a straight or branched chain ester of a carboxylic acid derivative of the number of carbon atoms specified, such as for example, a
  • nitro means -N0 2 ; the term “sulfhydryl” means -SH; and the term “sulfonyl” means -SO2.
  • alkenyl and alkynyl refer to alkyl moieties, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms wherein at least one saturated C-C bond is replaced by a double or triple bond.
  • C 2 .6 alkenyl may be vinyl, allyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2- butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, or 5-hexenyl.
  • C 2- 6 alkynyl may be ethynyl, 1 -propynyl, 2- propynyl, 1 -butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1 -pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1 - hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, or 5-hexynyl.
  • alkylene includes a saturated, straight chain, divalent alkyl radical of the formula -(CH 2 ) n -, wherein "n" may be any whole integer from 1 to 12.
  • Alkyl alkoxy
  • reference to an individual radical such as “propyl” embraces only that straight-chain radical, whereas a branched chain isomer such as “isopropyl” is specifically termed such.
  • aryl refers to any stable monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic carbon ring of up to 8 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic as defined by the Huckel 4n+2 rule, and especially phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • the aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties.
  • substituents include alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, thiol, imine, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamoyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrazine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et ah, "
  • alkaryl or “alkylaryl” refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent or an alkyl group linked to the molecule through an aryl group as defined herein.
  • aralkyl or “arylalkyl” refers to an aryl group substituted with an alkyl substituent or linked to the molecule through an alkyl group as defined above.
  • alkoxy means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having an attached oxygen radical, the alkyl group having the number of carbons specified or any number within this range.
  • acyl includes a group of the formula C(0)R', wherein R' is an straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl (including lower alkyl), carboxylate residue of an amino acid, aryl including phenyl, heteroaryl, alkaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to C4 alkyl or Ci to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkatyl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxy
  • Aryl groups optimally comprise a phenyl group.
  • acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, cyclopropyl- carboxy, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyloctanoyl, neo- heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, 2-acetoxy-2-phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, a-methoxy-a- trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 2-nitro-benzeneacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2- chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoroacetyl,
  • cyclobutane-carboxyl perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, chloromethyl isoxazolyl carbonyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, crotonyl, l-methyl-lH-indazole-3- carbonyl, 2-propenyl, isovaleryl, 1 -pyrrolidinecarbonyl, 4-phenylbenzoyl.
  • Aryl groups optimally comprise a phenyl group.
  • heteroatom includes an atom other than carbon or hydrogen in the structure of a heterocyclic compound, nonlimiting examples of which are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus or boron.
  • heterocycle includes non- aromatic ring systems having four to fourteen members, preferably five to ten, in which one or more ring carbons, preferably one to four, are each replaced by a heteroatom.
  • heterocyclic rings examples include 3-lH-benzimidazol-2-one, (l-substituted)-2-oxo-benzimidazol-3-yl, 2- tetrahydro-furanyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyl, 4-tetra- hydropyranyl, [l,3]-dioxalanyl, [l ,3]-dithiolanyl, [l ,3]-dioxanyl, 2-tetra-hydro-thiophenyl, 3- tetrahydrothiophenyl, 2-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 2-thiomorpholinyl, 3- thiomorpholinyl, 4-thiomorpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, 1 -piperidiny
  • heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic”, as it is used herein, is a group in which a non- aromatic heteroatom-containing ring is fused to one or more aromatic or non-aromatic rings, such as in an indolinyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the non-aromatic heteroatom-containing ring.
  • heterocycle “heterocyclyl”, or “heterocyclic” whether saturated or partially unsaturated, also refers to rings that are optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to heteroaromatic ring groups having five to fourteen members.
  • heteroaryl rings examples include 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 3-furazanyI, N-imidazolyl, 2- imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2- oxadiazolyl, 5-oxadiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3- pyrrolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-pyrimidyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 2-thiazoIyl, 4-thiazoIyI, 5-thiazoIyl, 5-tetrazolyi, 2- triazolyl, 5-triazolyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl
  • heteroaryl is a group in which a heteroatomic ring is fused to one or more aromatic or nonaromatic rings where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Examples include tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido [3,4-d]pyrimidinyl.
  • heteroaryl also refers to rings that are optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl may be used interchangeably with the term “heteroaryl ring” or the term “heteroaromatic”.
  • amino as used herein unless otherwise specified, includes a moiety represented by the structure "-N(R) 2 ", and includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines optionally substituted by alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and/or sulfonyl groups.
  • R>2 may represent two hydrogen atoms, two alkyl moieties, or one hydrogen and one alkyl moiety.
  • Counterion refers to a negatively or positively charged ionic species that accompanies an oppositely charged ionic species in order to maintain electric neutrality.
  • Negatively charged counterions include inorganic counten ' ons and organic counterions, including but not limited to, chloro, bromo, iodo, fluoro, phosphate, acetate, formate, sulfonate, trifluoroacetate acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobro
  • Positively charged counterions include, but are not limited to, alkali metal (e.g., sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N + (Ci.4 alkyl) 4 counterions.
  • alkali metal e.g., sodium and potassium
  • alkaline earth metal e.g., magnesium
  • ammonium and N + (Ci.4 alkyl) 4 counterions include, but are not limited to, alkali metal (e.g., sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N + (Ci.4 alkyl) 4 counterions.
  • the term "quaternary amine” as used herein includes quaternary ammonium salts that have a positively charged nitrogen. They are formed by the reaction between a basic nitrogen in the compound of interest and an appropriate quaternizing agent such as, for example, methyliodide or benzyliodide.
  • substituted includes multiple degrees of substitution by one or more named substituents such as, for example, halo, hydroxyl, thio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, nitro, cyano, azido, amino, carboxamido, etc.
  • substituents such as, for example, halo, hydroxyl, thio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, nitro, cyano, azido, amino, carboxamido, etc.
  • substituents such as, for example, halo, hydroxyl, thio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, nitro, cyano, azido, amino, carboxamido, etc.
  • protected refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes.
  • oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • protecting group refers to a group that may be attached to a reactive group, including heteroatoms such as oxygen or nitrogen, to prevent the reactive group from participating in a reaction. Any protecting groups taught in for example, in Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 3 rd Ed., 1999, may be used.
  • suitable protecting groups include but are not limited to alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxymethyl and methoxymethyl; silyl protecting groups, such tert-butyldimethyl silyl (TBS), phenyldimethylsilyl, trimethylsilyl (TMS), 2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SE ) and 2- trimethylsilylethyl; and benzyl and substituted benzyl.
  • alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxymethyl and methoxymethyl
  • silyl protecting groups such tert-butyldimethyl silyl (TBS), phenyldimethylsilyl, trimethylsilyl (TMS), 2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SE ) and 2- trimethylsilylethyl
  • TBS tert-butyldimethyl silyl
  • TMS phenyldimethylsilyl
  • TMS trimethylsilyl
  • SE 2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl
  • patient includes human and veterinary subjects.
  • an “effective amount” is the quantity of compound in which a beneficial outcome is achieved when the compound is administered to a patient or alternatively, the quantity of compound that possesses a desired activity in vivo or in vitro.
  • a beneficial clinical outcome includes reduction in the extent or severity of the symptoms associated with the disease or disorder and/or an increase in the longevity and/or quality of life of the patient compared with the absence of the treatment.
  • a "beneficial clinical outcome” includes a reduction in tumor mass, a reduction in the rate of tumor growth, a reduction in metastasis, a reduction in the severity of the symptoms associated with the cancer and/or an increase in the longevity of the subject compared with the absence of the treatment.
  • the precise amount of compound administered to a subject will depend on the type and severity of the disease or condition and on the characteristics of the patient, such as general health, age, sex, body weight and tolerance to drugs, it will also depend on the degree, severity and type of proliferative disorder. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
  • kinase-inhibiting amount refers to an amount of the compound that inhibits a kinase enzyme compared to a control as tested by the methods described herein.
  • HSP 90-inhibiting amount refers to an amount of the compound that inhibits HSP90 compared to a control as tested by the methods described herein.
  • biological sample includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; preparations of an en2yme suitable for in vitro assay; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
  • cancer includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and blood borne tumors and include, but is not limited to, the following cancers: breast, ovary, cervix, prostate, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, glioblastoma, stomach, skin, keratoacanthoma, lung, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bone, colon, adenoma, pancreas, adenocarcinoma, thyroid, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, sarcoma, bladder carcinoma, liver carcinoma and biliary passages, kidney carcinoma, myeloid disorders, lymphoid disorders, Hodgkin's, hairy cells, buccal cavity and pharynx (oral), lip, tongue, mouth, pharynx, small intestine, colon-rectum, large intestin
  • cancer includes primary cancer, cancers secondary to treatment, and metastatic cancers.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof.
  • Excipient refers to a diluent, adjuvant, vehicle, or carrier with which a compound is administered.
  • HSP90-mediated disease or "HSP90-mediated condition” refers to a condition in which HSP90 is known to pay a role.
  • the conditions include but are not limited to inflammatory disorders, abnormal cellular proliferation, autoimmune disorders, ischemia, fibrogenetic disorders including but not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis, and pulmonary fibrosis. (Strehlovv, WO 02/02123; PCT/US01/20578).
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt and “prodrug” are used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as a salt, an ester, a phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the compound described in the specification. In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compounds as salts may be appropriate.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts or complexes refers to salts or complexes that retain the desired biological activity of the compounds of the present invention and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects.
  • Non-limiting examples of such salts are (a) acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as sulfate, nitrate, hydrochloric, phosphate, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as sulfate, nitrate, hydrochloric, phosphate, and the like.
  • salts formed by the addition of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like are examples of salts formed with inorganic acids such as sulfate, nitrate, hydrochloric, phosphate, and the like.
  • salts formed with organic acids are encompassed by the invention, including tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartrate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, a-ketoglutarate, and a-glycerophosphate salts, such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, tannic acid, pamoic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and polygalcturonic acid.
  • the invention also encompasses (b) base addition salts, including formed with metal cations such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium, sodium, potassium, lithium and the like, or with a cation formed from ammonia, N,N- dibenzylethylenediamine, D-glucosamine, tetraethylammonium, or ethylenediamine; or (c) combinations of (a) and (b); e.g., a zinc tannate salt or the like.
  • metal cations such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium, sodium, potassium, lithium and the like
  • a cation formed from ammonia, N,N- dibenzylethylenediamine, D-glucosamine, tetraethylammonium, or ethylenediamine or combinations of (a) and (b); e.g.
  • quaternary salts known by those skilled in the art, which specifically include the quaternary ammonium salt of the formula -NR + A " , wherein R is as defined above and A is a counterion, including chloride, bromide, iodide, -O-alkyl,
  • toluenesulfonate methylsulfonate, sulfonate, phosphate, or carboxylate (such as benzoate, succinate, acetate, glycolate, maleate, malate, citrate, tartrate, ascorbate, benzoate, cinnamoate, mandeloate, benzyloate, and diphenylacetate.
  • carboxylate such as benzoate, succinate, acetate, glycolate, maleate, malate, citrate, tartrate, ascorbate, benzoate, cinnamoate, mandeloate, benzyloate, and diphenylacetate.
  • compositions may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
  • prodrugs refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention.
  • Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound.
  • a suitable prodrug may be an ester or an amide of a carboxylic acid that is hydrolyzed to form the acid.
  • Non-limiting examples of prodrugs include but are not limited to alkyl or aralkyl esters or amides, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, benzyl and substituted benzyl esters or amides. Prodrugs also comprise phosphate esters of the compounds.
  • Compounds of the present invention having a chiral center may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms.
  • the present invention encompasses any racemic, optically- active, diastereomeric, polymorphic, or stereo isomeric form, or mixtures thereof, of a compound of the invention, which possess the useful properties described herein.
  • the compounds are prepared in optically active form by asymmetric synthesis using the processes described herein or synthetic transformations known to those skilled in the art.
  • optically active materials include at least the following. i) physical separation of crystals--a technique whereby macroscopic crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique can be used if crystals of the separate enantiomers exist, i.e., the material is a conglomerate, and the crystals are visually distinct;
  • simultaneous crystallization a technique whereby the individual enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state;
  • enzymatic resolutions a technique whereby partial or complete separation of a racemate by virtue of differing rates of reaction for the enantiomers with an enzyme
  • enzymatic asymmetric synthesis a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enatiomerical!y pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer;
  • first- and second-order asymmetric transformations a technique whereby diastereomers from the racemate equilibrate to yield preponderance in solution of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer or where preferential crystallization of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer perturbs the equilibrium such that eventually in principle all the material is converted to the crystalline diastereomer from the desired enantiomer. The desired enantiomer is then released from the diastereomer;
  • kinetic resolutions this technique refers to the achievement of partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions;
  • enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis;
  • the stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions;
  • xiii) transport across chiral membranes a technique whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier.
  • the barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non- racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions (i.e., formulations).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can comprise a compound of the present invention, as described herein, which is admixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. Frequently, the composition comprises at least two pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
  • compositions and methods of the present invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases.
  • the compositions may, for example, be used to treat mammals, including, but not limited to, primates and domesticated mammals.
  • the compositions may, for example be used to treat herbivores.
  • the compositions of the present invention include geometric and optical isomers of one or more of the drugs, wherein each drug is a racemic mixture of isomers or one or more purified isomers.
  • compositions suitable for use in the present invention include
  • compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
  • Any suitable formulation of a compound described above can be prepared for administration.
  • Any suitable route of administration may be used, including, but not limited to, oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, topical, subcutaneous routes, and inhalation.
  • Preparation of suitable formulations for each route of administration are known in the art. A summary of such formulation methods and techniques is found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, which is incorporated herein by reference. Other examples of drug formulations can be found in Liberman, H. A.
  • each substance or of the combination of two substances will generally include a diluent as well as, in some cases, adjuvants, buffers, preservatives and the like.
  • the substances to be administered can be administered also in liposomal compositions or as microemulsions.
  • formulations can be prepared in conventional forms as liquid solutions or suspensions or as solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions.
  • Suitable excipients include, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol and the like.
  • Such compositions may also contain amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, and so forth.
  • Systemic administration may also include relatively noninvasive methods such as the use of suppositories, transdermal patches, transmucosal delivery and intranasal administration.
  • Oral administration is also suitable for compounds of the invention. Suitable forms include syrups, capsules, tablets, as is understood in the art.
  • an effective dose can be readily determined by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances.
  • determining the effective dose a number of factors are considered including, but not limited to: the species of patient; its size, age, and general health; the specific disease involved; the degree of involvement or the severity of the disease; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; and the use of concomitant medication.
  • the appropriate dosage of the a compound described above often is 0.01 to 1500 mg/kg, and sometimes 0.1 to 10 mg/kg. Dosage levels are dependent on the nature of the condition, drug efficacy, the condition of the patient, the judgment of the practitioner, and the frequency and mode of administration; however, optimization of such parameters is within the ordinary level of skill in the art.
  • Typical systemic dosages for all of the herein described conditions are those ranging from 0.01 mg/kg to 1500 mg/kg of body weight per day as a single daily dose or divided daily doses.
  • Preferred dosages for the described conditions range from 0.5 to 1500 mg per day.
  • a more particularly preferred dosage for the desired conditions ranges from 5 to 750 mg per day.
  • Typical dosages can also range from 0.01 to 1500, 0.02 to 1000, 0.2 to 500, 0.02 to 200, 0.05 to 100, 0.05 to 50, 0.075 to 50, 0.1 to 50, 0.5 to 50, 1 to 50, 2 to 50, 5 to 50, 10 to 50, 25 to 50, 25 to 75, 25 to 100, 100 to 150, or 150 or more mg/kg/day, as a single daily dose or divided daily doses.
  • the compounds are given in doses of between about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 25 or about 25 to about 50 mg/kg.
  • Typical dosages for topical application are those ranging from 0.001 to 100%
  • the compounds are conveniently administered in units of any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing from about 7 to 3000 mg, from about 70 to 1400 mg, or from about 25 to 1000 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form.
  • an oral dosage of from about 50 to 1000 mg is usually convenient, including in one or multiple dosage forms of 50, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mgs.
  • Lower dosages may be preferable, for example, from about 10 to 100 or 1 to 50 mgs.
  • lower doses may be utilized in the case of administration by a non-orai route, as for example, by injection or inhalation.
  • the compound is administered for a sufficient time period to alleviate the undesired symptoms and the clinical signs associated with the condition being treated.
  • the active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutic amount of compound in vivo in the absence of serious toxic effects.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in these pharmaceutical compositions are generally known in the art.
  • ion exchangers include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, solvents, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, silicates, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, oils, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat.
  • buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, solvents, salts
  • Pharmaceutically accepted vehicles can contain mixtures of more than one excipient in which the components and the ratios can be selected to optimize desired characteristics of the formulation including but not limited to shelf-life, stability, drug load, site of delivery, dissolution rate, self- emulsification, control of release rate and site of release, and metabolism.
  • Formulations can be prepared by a variety of techniques known in the art. Examples of formulation techniques can be found in literature publications and in texts such as "Water- insoluble drug formulation", edited by Rong Liu, 2000, Interpharm Press.
  • the concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
  • the compounds described herein are particularly useful for the treatment or prevention of a disorder mediated by kinases or mediated by HSP90.
  • the compounds described herein are useful for the treatment or prevention of a proliferative disorder, including cancer metastasis.
  • the compounds described herein are useful for the treatment or prevention of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder associated by kinases or HSP90.
  • An aspect of the invention relates to compounds and compositions that are useful for treating cancer.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of the following cancers: breast, ovary, cervix, prostate, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, glioblastoma, stomach, skin, keratoacanthoma, lung, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bone, colon, adenoma, pancreas, adenocarcinoma, thyroid, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, sarcoma, bladder carcinoma, liver carcinoma and biliary passages, kidney carcinoma, myeloid disorders, lymphoid disorders, Hodgkin's, hairy cells, buccal cavity and pharynx (oral), lip, tongue, mouth, pharynx, small intestine, colon-rectum, large intestine, rectum, brain and central nervous system, and leukemia.
  • Another aspect of the invention is a method for treating cancer comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a patient with cancer.
  • Angiogenesis is characterized by the proliferation of endothelial cells to form new blood vessels (often called neovascularization). Inhibition of mitosis of endothelial cells results in inhibition of angiogenesis. Another aspect of this invention therefore relates to inhibition of undesirable mitosis, including undesirable angiogenesis.
  • a mammalian disease characterized by undesirable cell mitosis includes, but is not limited to, excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells (e.g., atherosclerosis), solid tumors and tumor metastasis, benign tumors, for example, hemangiomas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, vascular malfunctions, abnormal wound healing, inflammatory and immune disorders, Bechet's disease, gout or gouty arthritis, abnormal angiogenesis accompanying rheumatoid arthritis, skin diseases, such as psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy and other ocular angiogenic diseases such as retinopathy of prematurity (retrolental fibroplasic), macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and Osier Weber syndrome (Osler-Weber-Rendu disease).
  • endothelial cells e.g., atherosclerosis
  • solid tumors and tumor metastasis
  • compositions described above can be used as a birth control agent by reducing or preventing uterine vascularization required for embryo implantation. Accordingly, the compositions described above can be used to block ovulation and implantation of a blastula or to block menstruation (induce amenorrhea).
  • Diseases associated with undesirable mitosis including neovascularization can be treated according to the present invention.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to, ocular neovascular disease, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and retrolental fibroplasias, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic keratitis, superior limbic keratitis, pterygium keratitis sicca, Sjogren's syndrome, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical bums, bacterial ulcers, fungal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, Kaposi's sarcoma, Mooren's ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, marginal keratolysis
  • diseases associated with undesirable mitosis including neovascularization can be treated according to the present invention.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Eales' disease, Bechet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargart's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndromes, toxoplasmosis, and post-laser complications.
  • diseases include, but are not limited to, diseases associated with rubeosis (neovascularization of the iris and the angle) and diseases caused by the abnormal proliferation of fibrovascular or fibrous tissue including all forms of proliferative vitreoretinopathy, whether or not associated with diabetes.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of inflammatory diseases including, but no limited to, excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells (e.g. , atherosclerosis), solid tumors and tumor metastasis, benign tumors, for example, hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, vascular malfunctions, abnormal wound healing, inflammatory and immune disorders, Bechet's disease, gout or gouty arthritis, abnormal angiogenesis accompanying rheumatoid arthritis, skin diseases, such as psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy and other ocular angiogenic diseases such as retinopathy of prematurity (retrolental fibroplasic), macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and Osier Weber syndrome (Osier- Weber-Rendu disease).
  • endothelial cells e.g. , atherosclerosis
  • compositions described above can be used to block ovulation and implantation of a blastula or to block menstruation (induce amenorrhea).
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting HSP90 activity in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • the invention also provides a method for treating a disease that is mediated by HSP90.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora A activity in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a GSK-3- mediated disease with a GSK-3 inhibitor, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting GSK-3 activity in a patient comprising administering to the patient a compound of the present invention or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a CDK-2- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting CDK-2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an ERK-2- mediated diseases comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting E K-2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an AKT- mediated diseases comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting AKT activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a Src- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Src activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an Lck- mediated disease with an Lck inhibitor, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Lck activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an Abl- mediated disease with an Abl inhibitor, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Abl activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a cKit- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting cKit activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a Flt3- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Flt3 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a DR- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting KDR activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
  • An amount effective to inhibit protein kinase is an amount that causes measurable inhibition of the kinase activity when compared to the activity of the enzyme in the absence of an inhibitor. Any method may be used to determine inhibition, such as, for example, the Biological Testing Examples described below.
  • Preparation of the present compounds may include one or more steps of protection and deprotection (e.g., the formation and removal of acetal groups).
  • Guidance for selecting suitable protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene & Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," Wiley Interscience, 1999.
  • the preparation may include various purifications, such as column chromatography, flash chromatography, thin-layer chromatography (TLC), recrystallization, distillation, high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the like.
  • the synthetic planning of the library was based on previously developed chemistry 1271 and leveraged on the use of solid phase synthesis and polymer-bound reagents.
  • a library with four points of diversity was envisioned (see 1, Scheme 2) which would stem from a divergent coupling of fragment A to B followed by oxime formation and introduction of fragment C and then D.
  • the choice of fragments A to D was based on preliminary structure-activity data of the present inventors' 27"291 and the objective of biasing the conformational profile of the macrocycle through different ring sizes and additional small substituents.
  • Scheme 2 Synthetic planning of the library and structure of the library fragments.
  • the same product could be obtained by conjugate reduction of the coupling product obtained with fragment Bl using aCNBH3 (25-50%).
  • Each product was treated with aminooxyacetic acid and, after filtration through a pad of silica to remove excess aminooxyacetic acid, the resulting oximes 2 were loaded on a chlorotrityl resin to afford polymer-bound intermediates 3.
  • a high loading resin (1.1 mmol/g) was used in excess and once all starting material had been consumed (24 h), the resin was capped with the addition of AcOH to afford ten resins of 3.
  • the 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl ester was then cleaved under the action of TBAF to afford 4 and each batch of resin was further divided in eight batches for the esterification or amide formation with fragments C. It was found to be essential to thoroughly wash the resin with a 1% AcOH solution in CH2CI2 after the TBAF deprotection to protonate the polymer-bound carboxylate and remove tetrabutyl ammonium salts. Each resin was then subjected to a metathesis reaction with the second generation Grubbs catalyst 1331 under microwave irradiation until 120 °C for 45 min to afford the desired polymer- bound macrocycles 5. To ensure completion of the reaction and equilibration to the
  • the macrocycles bearing a free carboxylic acid were then further divided in separate pools for coupling to fragments D using polymer-bound carbodiimide and 4- DMAP with an excess of amine (>2.0 equiv) which afforded the products with excellent conversion (>90%).
  • the excess of amine was removed during the evaporation or sequestered along with DMAP during the subsequent treatment with a large excess (10 equiv) of sulfonic acid resin in MeOH to perform the EOM deprotection (>75% isolated yield for two steps).
  • Reagents and conditions a) LDA (2.0 equiv), B (0.9 equiv), THF, - 78 °C, 20 min, 50-85%; b) H 2 NOCH 2 C0 2 H (5.0 equiv), 40 °C, py, 24-48h, 85-95%; c) PS-ClTr-Cl (3.0 equiv), Et/Pr 2 N (6.0 equiv), CH 2 C1 2 , 23 °C, 24 h; then AcOH (20 equiv), 23 °C, 24 h; d) TBAF (4.0 equiv), 23 °C 4 h; e) C (5.0 equiv), Ph 3 P (2.0 equiv), DIAD (2.0 equiv), toluene, 23 °C 12 h; f) Grubb's II (0.06 equiv), CH 2 C1 2 , 120 °C MW, 3 x 45 min; g) HFIP
  • an ⁇ , ⁇ -conjugated oxime is systematically better than the saturated one (Bl vs B2).
  • An additional methylene at the ⁇ position (B3) or ⁇ position (B4) as well as a hydroxyl group at the ⁇ position (B5) are generally well tolerated with the combinations A1B3C4D1 (entry 35), A1B4C4D1 (entry 38) and A1B5C1D1 (entry 40) being amongst the fittest ligand from the library.
  • the upper part of the macrocycle there was generally little difference between the activity of compounds having the chiral methyl group (CI) or a simple primary ester (C4).
  • the co-crystal structure of the N-terminal part HSP90 bound to radicicol (lbgq, Figure 1 , panels A) [36 ' is very similar to the structure of apo-HSP90(lyer) [37) . Crystal structures have also been reported for the functionally related ER chaperone GRP94 (l uOz) 1381 again showing a similar conformation of the ATP-binding pocket of HSP90. Likewise, the co-crystal structure of several resorcylide analogs of radicicol with HSP90 have also been reported to bind to a similar conformation of HSP90.
  • This rearrangement creates a large lyophylic pocket at the interface of the side chains of Met98, Leul 03, Phel38 and Trpl62 with the piperidine moiety sandwiched between the ar l moiety of Th l 2 and the side chains of Met98.
  • the rearrangement thus creates the opportunity for favorable interactions with the oxime substituent and hence, a rational for the enhancements in activity of the pochoximes as well as the preference of lypophilic groups on the hydoxylamine such a piperidine amides.
  • substitution at the allylic position such as in compounds which include fragment B4 and BS should point towards the solvent.
  • Compound IAIBSCI DI bearing a hydroxyl substitution at the allylic position (carbon 6) was deemed most interesting as it should improve aqueous solubility relatively to pochoximes A, B, and C and provide a handle to label the inhibitor with a marker or affinity tag.
  • This compound was prepared as a mixture of four diastereoisomers (two oxime geometries with either stereochemistry at carbon 6) which proved to be separable by HPLC.
  • compound 6 bearing a silyl protecting group on the allylic hydroxyl group was prepared according to a previously developed protocol (see supplemental information for detailed synthetic protocols). 1291 As shown in scheme 4, selective silyl deprotection of 6 using TBAF afforded 7 onto which was introduce a short linker via alkylation, azide displacement and reduction to afford amine 9. Labeling of 9 with Cy3 followed by EOM deprotection afforded pochoxime-Cy3 conjugate 10. Alternatively, compound 7 was labeled with biotin via a four step sequence involving coupling to a short PEG linker, Fmoc deprotection, coupling to biotin and global deprotection with TFA.
  • Reagents and conditions a) TBAF (1.5 equiv), THF, 0-23 °C, 3 h, 88%; b) NaH (7.2 equiv), 0 °C, then Bu 4 NI (1.1 equiv) MsO(CH 2 )3Br (4.7 equiv), 0-40 °C, 3 h; c) NaN 3 (1 1 equiv), DMSO, 60 °C, 2 h, 50 % over two steps; d) Ph 3 P (2.0 equiv), THF H 2 0 (9: 1) 40 °C, 24 h, 54%; e) Cy-3 (1.5 equiv), TNTU (1.35 equiv), Pr 2 EtN (3.0 equiv) 0-23 °C, 1 h, 95%; f) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), MeOH, 40 °C, 2 h, >90%; g) FmocAEEA-OH (
  • Reagents and conditions a) ClCH 2 COOH (4.0 equiv), PPh 3 (4.4 equiv), DIAD (4.4 equiv), THF, 0 - 23 °C, 14 h, 77%; b) HSCH 2 CH 2 NH 2 (4.0 equiv), pyridine (2.0 mL), Et 3 N (1.0 mL) MeOH, 45 °C, 24 h, 83%.
  • azide 8 was obtained following the same procedure as for azide 2,.
  • Glycopochoxime derivative 11 was prepared following the same procedure as for the synthesis of compound 5. The crude product was purified by HPLC HPLC [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 3.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 80% to 40% H 2 0 (0.01% TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01% TFA)] to give thio glycosides 11 (Z-isomer: 4.7 mg; E-isomer: 5.9 mg).
  • ⁇ /-pochoxime F stands as the most potent Hsp90 ligand in the pochoxime series (14 nM), which may be rationalized by the formation of a productive hydrogen bond to an aspartic acid residue in Hsp90.
  • the pochoxime-glucose conjugate As-14(6-5) was shown to be a potent Hsp90 ligand (32 nM) and may be useful to direct the inhibitor to metabolically demanding malignant cells by an active uptake mechanism.
  • As-6a(6-R) Synthesis of the acylated compound As-6a(6-/?): A solution of ester As-la (79 mg, 0.224 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in anhydrous THF (1 .5 mL) at -78 °C was treated with freshly prepared LDA (0.352 M, 0.352 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via cannula. After 25 minutes, a solution of Weinreb amide R- As-2 (45 mg, 0.144 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was added by syringe.
  • As-7a(6-R) Synthesis of As-7a(6- .).
  • As-6a(6- ?)I 10.0 mg, 0.017 mmol, 1.0 equiv
  • isopropanol 1.0 mL
  • sulfonic acid resin 33.6 mg, 0.102 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g
  • CH 2 CI 2 5.0 mL
  • MeOH 5.0 mL
  • TBS- S-As-4 Synthesis of protected aldol adduct TBS-S-As ⁇ .
  • S-As-4 173.5 mg, 0.867 mmol, 1.0 equiv
  • imidazole 94.45 mg, 1.387 mmol, 1.5 equiv
  • TBSCI 196 mg, 1.3 mmol, 1.3 equiv
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 16 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give TBS- ⁇ -As-4 in 97% yield (252 mg).
  • As-7a(6-S) Synthesis of As-7a(6-S .
  • As-6a(6-S)I 12.2 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1.0 equiv
  • isopropanol 1.0 mL
  • sulfonic acid resin 41 mg, 0.126 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g
  • the reaction mixture was filtered and the resin rinsed with CH 2 CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep.
  • the crude product was purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5 ⁇ ) column (linear gradient from 70% H20 0.1 % TFA 30% MeCN 0.1 % TFA to 50% H20 0.1% TFA 50% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min) to give thio glycosides As-14(6-i?) in 52% over two steps (Z-isomer: 9.4 mg; E-isomer: 1 1.8 mg).
  • reaction mixture was then diluted with 10 mL H 2 0, lyophilized to give amine As-13(6-.K) in a 62% yield (5.0 mg) and purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5 ⁇ ) column (linear gradient from 82% H20 0.1% TFA 18% MeCN 0.1% TFA to 64% H20 0.1% TFA 36% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min).
  • HPLC Alent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5 ⁇ ) column (linear gradient from 82% H20 0.1% TFA 18% MeCN 0.1% TFA to 64% H20 0.1% TFA 36% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min).
  • the crude acetyl derivative was dissolved in methanol (3.0 mL) and PS-SO3H (56 mg, 0.17 mmol, 10.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and stirred at 23 °C for 16 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered, and evaporated under vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5 ⁇ ) column (linear gradient from 70% H20 0.1 % TFA 30% MeCN 0.1% TFA to 50% H20 0.1% TFA 50% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min).
  • the conformational profile of the pochoxime derivatives were analyzed using the approach known to one skilled in the art.
  • Each molecule was simulated by molecular dynamics with the Merck Molecular Force Field (MMFF94) in the CHARMM program, version c31bl .
  • a dielectric constant of 80 was used to simulate the effect of solvent in a simple way.
  • the simulations were carried out at 1000 K during 10 ns and 2000 frames were extracted from the trajectory at 10 ps intervals. The high temperature was used to ensure that conformational energy barriers were crossed. Each frame was minimized by 2000 steps of the steepest descent (SD) algorithm in CHARM, and the MMFF energy was calculated. The resulting 2000 conformations were clustered to determine the main conformations.
  • SD steepest descent
  • the 6 new pochoximes, as well as the two ligands present in PDB ID 3INW and 3INX, and radicicol were all docked using two separate series of docking runs.
  • docking software were fed with the bioactive conformation for radicicol and the 3INW and 3 ⁇ ligands, and with the P-shape conformer for the new pochoximes.
  • all docking programs were fed with the bioactive L-shape conformer for all the ligands.
  • Fluoresceine-GA was purchased from InvivoGen and dissolved in DMSO to form a 1 mM solution.
  • HSP90 was purchased from Stressgen (SPP-776F).
  • the assay buffer contained
  • mP 1000 x [(IS-ISB) - (Ip- IPB)]/ [(IS-ISB) + P-IPB)], where Is is the parallel emission intensity, lp is the perpendicular emission intensity and Ise and IPB are the values for the background.
  • HER2+ BT474 breast carcinoma cells were cultured in DMEM/F12 media, supplemented with 10% FBS.
  • Log-phase growing BT474 cells were seeded in 96 well plates at 1.5X10E4 per well. At this cell density, BT474 is expected to reach confluency about 70-80% in 3 days.
  • Different dilutions of compounds or vehicle in 200 ⁇ concentration range 0.004-10 ⁇ were added to the cells and incubated for 72 hours. Upon completion of the incubation, media were gently removed by suction and 100 ⁇ of ATPlite solution (Perkin Elmer) was added in each well.
  • Viable cells were measured by detecting luminescence generated from reaction of ATPlite solution and ATP in the cells using a 96-well microplate luminescence reader. Relative luminescence light unit is correlated to the amount of ATP in viable cells. The assays were performed in duplicates. IC50 was calculated using XLfit. The IC 50 shown in Table 4 below is the average IC50 from three independent experiments. Table 4. IC50 of the Present Compounds
  • IC 50 values are shown in Table 5 below.

Abstract

The present invention includes novel derivatives, analogs, and intermediates of the natural products radicicol, pochonins, pochoximes, and their syntheses. The present invention also provides a pharamceutical composition comprising the present compound and the use of the compound as inhibitors of kinases and of the enzyme family known as heat shock protein 90 (HSP90).

Description

POCHOXIME CONJUGATES USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF HSP90
RELATED PATHOLOGIES
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No.
61/405,882, filed on October 22, 2010 and entitled "POCHOXIME CONJUGATES USEFUL FOR THE TREATMENT OF HSP90 RELATED PATHOLOGIES", the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes. This application is also related to International Application No. PCT/US2007/017754, filed on August 10, 2007 and entitled "Macrocyclic Compounds Useful as Inhibitors of Kinase and HSP90"; and International Application No. PCT US2009/031 149, filed on January 15, 2009 and entitled "Synthesis of Resorcylic Acid Lactones Useful as Therapeutic Agents", the disclosures of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is related to novel derivatives, analogs, and intermediates of the natural products radicicol, pochonins, pochoximes, and to their syntheses. The present invention is also related to the use of these compounds as inhibitors of kinases and of the enzyme family known as heat shock protein 90 (HSP90).
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The heat shock protein 90 (HSP90) has emerged as an extremely promising therapeutic target in recent years.'1"3' Despite the seemingly ubiquitous functions of this highly expressed chaperone, its role in stabilizing conformational ly labile proteins has implications in diverse pathologies. Inhibitors of HSP90 have been shown to be broadly effective for a number of cancer indications,'4' 51 neurodegenerative diseases,'6"101 infectious diseases,'111 and inflammation- related disorders.'12' Two natural products, radicicol and geldanamycin (as shown in Scheme 1 below), both of which disrupt the ATPase activity of Hsp90, have been instrumental in understanding the role of HSP90 in oncogenic processes and the therapeutic potential of its inhibition.'13"15' However, neither natural product has acceptable pharmacological properties for clinical application. Medicinal chemistry efforts have led to the discovery of novel scaffolds such as purines'16' 171 (CNF-2024), resorcinol-isoxazoles[! 8' 0] (VER-52296) and 2- aminobenzamidest21' 221 (SNX 21 12) which are currently in clinical or preclinical development.[S] However, improving the pharmacological properties and potency of the natural phamnacophores remains important. Indeed, the most advanced clinical candidate is a semi synthetic derivative of geldanamycin, 17AAG (3, Figure 1).[23' 24] Another semi synthetic derivative with a
dimethoxyhydroquinone functionality has recently been reported to have better pharmacological properties than 17AAG while acting as a prodrug.125'
Scheme 1. Selected HSP90 inhibitors representing the different pharmacophores.
Figure imgf000003_0001
The present inventors have previously demonstrated'26' that pochonin D represents a simplified pharmacophore of radicicol which recapitulates its activity. Furthermore, significant improvements in cellular efficacy could be achieved through the formation of oximes.[27] In fact, pochoximes A, B, and C (as shown in Scheme 1 above), are amongst the most potent HSP90 inhibitors reported to date, inducing client protein degradation in SKBR3 cell lines at low nM concentration, and pochoxime A treatment leads to tumor regression in xenografts bearing BT474 breast tumor cells.
This application provides crystal structures obtained by co-crystal ization of pochoxime A and B with human HSP90a and a compound library extending the diversity of the pochoximes as well as asymmetric synthesis of the pochoxime analogs with C-6 modifications.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), or a harmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000004_0001
wherein:
X is O, S or NR;
Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR, -0-(CH2)mC0N(R)2, -N(R)2, -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S02R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration;
Z1 and Z2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, OR, N(R)2, SR, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, -S(0)R, -S(0)2R, -S02N(R)2, - N(R)S02R, -N(CO)R, -N(CO)N(R)2, -N(CO)OR, -0(CO)R, -(CO)R, -(CO)OR, -(CO)N(R)2, - 0(CO)OR, or -0(CO)N(R)2;
R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9 and R10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, alkylaryl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, OR, N(R)2, SR, -0(C¾)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pR, -0(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pR, -0(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -0(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pOR, -0(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)p0R, -0(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -0(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pOR, -0(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pR;
-NR(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pR) -NR(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -NR(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pOR;
-NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pOR, -NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2,
-NR(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pOR, -NR(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mN(R)C(0) CH2)PR, -(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pOR,
-(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pOR, .(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pOR, -(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mN3, -0(CH2)mN3 -(CH2)mN(R)2, -(CH2)mOR, - (CH2)mS(0)(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mS(0)2(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mS02(CH2)pN(R)2, or - (CH2)mN(R)S02(CH2)pR; and
each R is independently hydrogen, aliphatic, amino, azido, cyano, nitro, alkylamino, diaJkylamino, OH, alkoxy, carbonylamino, aminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbonyloxy, carboxy, acyl, aryl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or a protecting group; or two R on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 5 to 8 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring; wherein where a group contains more than one R substituent; wherein R is optionally substituted, and each R can be the same or different;
m and p are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
the dashed lines between the carbon atoms bearing R9 and R10 indicate either a single or a double bond, where the valence requirements are fulfilled by additional hydrogen atoms; and
L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -O- C(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)- C(=0)-O, -N(R)-C(-0)-N(R)-, -C(=0)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-C(=0)-, - N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, - C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, -C(=NR)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- 0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R)- C(=S)-N(R)-; and
TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under
physiological conditions; or alternatively, L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of treating a patient with a disease comprising administering to the patient with the disease an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, wherein the disease is mediated by kinases and Heat Shock Protein 90 (HSP90). In one embodiment, the disease is an autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, neurological or neurodegenerative disease, cancer, cardiovascular disease, allergy, asthma, or a hormone-related disease.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1. Co-crystal structure of radicicol (panel A - pdb: lbgq) pochoxime A (panel B - pdb: 3inw) and pochoxime B (panel C - pdb: 3inx) with HSP90.
Figure 2. Cellular efficacy of pochoximes A 1 B5C1D1 (IC50). Depletion of Her-2 in SkBr3 cells were treated treated with the inhibitor for 18h.
Figure 3. Key differentiating proton NMR signals between pochonin E and its C-6 epimer (ep -pochonin E).
Figure 4. X-ray crystal lographic structure of pochoxime F 10a(6-/?).
Figure 5. Docking of pochoxime E lOb-R (top) and epj'-pochonin E 10b-5 (bottom) to
HSP90.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides pochoxime derivatives as herein described. In one embodiment, the present compounds have structural formulae (I), (II), (Ilia), (Mb), and (IIIc) as well as any subgenus and species thereof, wherein a targeting moiety is appended to the allylic carbon 6 via a linkage moiety. Specifically, the allylic carbon 6 refers to the carbon atom (marked with *) covalently bonded to "L" as shown in structural formula (I) below:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein the various substituents are the same as defined above in the Summary of the Invention section.
As used herein, the term "targeting moiety" can be a molecular moiety that specifically binds "with a biological situs under physiological conditions. For example, the targeting moiety may bind to a defined population of cells or selected cell type. The targeting moiety may also bind a receptor, an oligonucleotide, an enzymatic substrate, an antigenic determinant, or other binding site present on or in the target cell or cell population. In some embodiments, the targeting moiety comprises an antibody, antibody fragment, or substance specific for a given receptor binding site. In other embodiments, the ligand, or targeting moiety comprises a receptor-specific peptide, carbohydrate, protein, lipid, nucleoside, peptide nucleic acid, or combinations thereof. In yet further embodiments the ligand or targeting moiety is an organic compound.
The targeting moiety can be used to enhance the pharmacological properties or to specifically capitalize on an active transport mechanism to enrich the concentration of the drug in specific cell types using conjugates such as glucose or biotin or peptides known to interact with cell surface receptors. The targeting group can be linked via an ether, ester, carbonate, thioether, thioester, amine, amide, urea, carbonate urea, thiourea, imine, hydrazine, hydrazone, and etc.
The term "nitrogen -based functional group", as used herein, refers to an organic moiety containing a nitrogen and other atom(s) including any one or more of hydrogen, carbon, halegen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and etc., wherein the nitrogen atom is covalently attached to the allylic carbon 6. Examples of nitrogen-based functional group include, but are not limited to, amino, azide, N-alkyl substituted amino, Ν,Ν-dialkyl substituted amino, acyl substituted amino, and etc. wherein each of the alkyl and acyl is optiontionally substituted. The term "nitrogen-based functional group", as used herein, refers to an organic moiety containing an oxygen and other atom(s) including any one or more of hydrogen, carbon, halegen, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and etc., wherein the oxygen atom is covalently attached to the allylic carbon 6. Examples of nitrogen-based functional group include, but are not limited to, hydroxyl, alkoxy, acyl substituted oxygen, and etc. wherein each of the alkyl and acyl is optiontionally substituted.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) as described above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof.
In one embodiment, the structural Formula (I) does not include the compound listed in Table X below:
Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000009_0001
Figure imgf000010_0001
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), X is O or NR.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR or -0-(CH2)mCON(R)2. in one embodiment of structural Formula (I), R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), R1 is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl; and R2 is hydrogen.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), Rz is lower alkyl, alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl, or aryl-substituted lower alkyl. In one embodiment, Rz is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n- propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, methoxy-ethyl, methoxy-methyl, chloromethyl, or benzyl.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), L-TM is an oxygen or nitrogen-based functional group.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (I), the compound can be represented by structural formula (II):
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein,
X is O, S or NR;
Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR, -0-(CH2)mCON(R)2, -N(R)2, -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S02R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration;
Z1 and Z2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9 and Ri0 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl;
L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -O- C(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)- C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-N(R)-, -C(=0)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-C(=0)-, - N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, - C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, -C(=NR)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- 0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R C(=S)-N(R)-; and
TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under physiological conditions; or alternatively, L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group;
In one embodiment of structural Formula (II), the compound can be represented by structural Formula (Ilia
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein, Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz; Rz is optionally substituted alkyl; R1 is H, halog or lower alkyl; R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and L-TM is an oxygen-based functional group.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (II), the compound can be represented by structural Formula (lllb :
Figure imgf000012_0002
(lllb), wherein, Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz; Rz is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; R1 H, halogen, or lower alkyl; R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and L-TM is a nitrogen-based functional group.
In one embodiment of structural Formula (II), the compound can be represented by structural Formula (IIIc):
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein, Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz; Rz is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl; R1 is H, halogen, or lower alkyl; R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-, - N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)- N(R)-, -C(=0)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-C(=0)-, -N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, - N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, - C(=NR)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R)-C(=S)-N(R)-; and TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under physiological conditions.
In certain specific embodiments, the present invention provides a compound selected from th
Figure imgf000013_0002
Figure imgf000014_0001

Figure imgf000015_0001
 
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0002
Figure imgf000017_0003
Figure imgf000018_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof.
The terms "a" and "an" do not denote a limitation of quantity, but rather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item. The terms "a" and "an" are used interchangeable with "one or more" or "at least one". The term "or" or "and/or" is used as a function word to indicate that two words or expressions are to be taken together or individually. The terms "comprising", "having", "including", and "containing" are to be construed as open-ended terms (i.e., meaning "including, but not limited to"). The endpoints of all ranges directed to the same component or property are inclusive and independently combinable.
The terms compound(s) of the present invention", "these compounds", "such compound(s)", "the compound(s)", and "the present compound(s)" refer to compounds encompassed by structural formulae disclosed herein, e.g., Formula (I), (II), (Ilia), (Mb), and (IIIc), including any specific compounds within these formulae whose structure is disclosed herein. Compounds may be identified either by their chemical structure and/or chemical name. When the chemical structure and chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the compound. Furthermore, the present compounds can inhibit the biological activity of a CK2 protein, and thereby is also referred to herein as an "inhibitor(s)" or "CK2 inhibitor(s)". Compounds of Formula (I), (II), (Ilia), (IHb), and (Illc), including any specific compounds described herein are exemplary "inhibitors". The descriptions of compounds of the invention are limited by principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art.
Accordingly, where a group may be substituted by one or more of a number of substituents, such substitutions are selected so as to comply with principles of chemical bonding and to give compounds which are not inherently unstable and/or would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art as likely to be unstable under ambient conditions, such as aqueous, neutral, and several known physiological conditions. For example, a heterocycloalkyl or heteroaryl is attached to the remainder of the molecule via a ring heteroatom in compliance with principles of chemical bonding known to those skilled in the art thereby avoiding inherently unstable compounds.
Whenever a term in the specification is identified as a range (i.e. Ci- alkyl), the range independently refers to each element of the range. As a non-limiting example, C e alkyl means, independently, Ci, C2, C3, C4, Cs, or C6 alkyl. Similarly, when one or more substituents are referred to as being "independently selected from" a group, this means that each substituent can be any element of that group, and any combination of these groups can be separated from the group. For example, if R1 and R2 can be independently selected from X, Y and Z, this separately includes the groups R1 is X and R2 is X; R1 is X and R2 is Y; R1 is X and R2 is Z; R1 is Y and R2 is X; R1 is Y and R2 is Y; R1 is Y and R2 is Z; R1 is Z and R2 is X; R1 is Z and R2 is Y; and R1 is Z and R2 is Z.
The term "aliphatic" as used herein means straight-chain, branched or cyclic typically of C) to Ci8, and in certain embodiment of Ci to Cio or of d to Ce, hydrocarbons which are completely saturated or which contain one or more units of unsaturation but which are not aromatic. For example, suitable aliphatic groups include substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids thereof such as (cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl. The terms "alkyl", "alkoxy", "hydroxyalkyl", "alkoxyalkyl", and " alkoxy carbonyl", used alone or as part of a larger moiety includes both straight and branched chains containing one to twelve carbon atoms. The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include both straight and branched chains containing two to twelve carbon atoms. The term "cycloalkyl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety shall include cyclic C3 -C|2 hydrocarbons which are completely saturated or which contain one or more units of unsaturation, but which are not aromatic, including but not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl. Aliphatic groups can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties, including but not limited to, alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, thiol, imine, sulfonic acid, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamoyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrozine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not inhibit the pharmacological activity of this compound, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, hereby incorporated by reference.
The term "alkyl" as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon, including but not limited to groups typically of C\ to CM and in certain embodiment of Ci to Cio or of C\ to C6, and specifically includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexylisohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3- methylpentyl, 2, 2- dimethylbutyl and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. Alkyl groups may be substituted as noted above for the term "aliphatic."
The term "lower alkyl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to optionally substituted Ci to Ce saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms.
Illustrative examples of alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, wopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, secbutyl, isobutyl, tertb y\, cyclobutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1 , 1 -dimethylpropyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, cyclopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and cyclohexyl. Unless otherwise specified, the alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, thiol, imine, sulfonic acid, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamonyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrazine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not inhibit the pharmacological activity of this compound, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Ed., 1999.
The term "halo" or "halogen", as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo, and fluoro.
The term "chiral" as used herein includes a compound that has the property that it is not superimposable on its mirror image.
The term "tautomer" as used herein refers to alternate structures which are recognized in the art to be in equilibrium with the depicted structure. For example, the enol structure below is a tautomer of the ketone structure and recognized to be in equilibrium with the ketone structure.
Figure imgf000021_0001
As used herein, the term "solvate" or "pharmaceutically acceptable solvate," is a solvate formed from the association of one or more solvent molecules to one or more molecules of a compound of any one of formulas I, Γ, II, ΙΓ, III, ΙΙΓ, IV or V or the compounds depicted in Table 1. The term solvate includes hydrates (e.g., hemi-hydrate, mono-hydrate, dihydrate, trihydrate, tetrahydrate, and the like).
The term "alkylthio" refers to a straight or branched chain alkylsulfide of the number of carbons specified, such as for example,
Figure imgf000021_0002
ethylthio, -S-alkyl, -S-alkenyl, -S- alkynyl, etc.
The terms "alkylamino" or "arylamino" refer to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this
application, when alkyl is a suitable moiety, then it is a lower alkyl, whether substituted or unsubstituted.
The term "alkylsulfonyl" means a straight or branched alkylsulfone of the number of carbon atoms specified, as for example, Ci_ alkylsulfonyl or methylsulfonyl.
The term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to a straight or branched chain ester of a carboxylic acid derivative of the number of carbon atoms specified, such as for example, a
methoxycarbonyl, MeOCO-.
As used herein, the term "nitro" means -N02; the term "sulfhydryl" means -SH; and the term "sulfonyl" means -SO2.
The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl" refer to alkyl moieties, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms wherein at least one saturated C-C bond is replaced by a double or triple bond. Thus, C2.6 alkenyl may be vinyl, allyl, 1 -propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2- butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3- hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, or 5-hexenyl. Similarly, C2-6 alkynyl may be ethynyl, 1 -propynyl, 2- propynyl, 1 -butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1 -pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1 - hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, or 5-hexynyl. The term "alkylene" includes a saturated, straight chain, divalent alkyl radical of the formula -(CH2)n-, wherein "n" may be any whole integer from 1 to 12.
"Alkyl", "alkoxy", "alkenyl", "alkynyl", etc., includes both straight chain and branched groups. However, reference to an individual radical such as "propyl" embraces only that straight-chain radical, whereas a branched chain isomer such as "isopropyl" is specifically termed such.
The term "aryl" as used herein and unless otherwise specified refers to any stable monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic carbon ring of up to 8 members in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic as defined by the Huckel 4n+2 rule, and especially phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties. Examples of substituents include alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, carboxyl, acyl, acyloxy, amino, amido, carboxyl derivatives, alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, thiol, imine, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfanyl, sulfinyl, sulfamoyl, ester, carboxylic acid, amide, phosphate, phosphonyl, phosphinyl, phosphoryl, phosphine, thioester, thioether, acid halide, anhydride, oxime, hydrazine, carbamate, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et ah, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
The term "alkaryl" or "alkylaryl" refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent or an alkyl group linked to the molecule through an aryl group as defined herein. The term
"aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refers to an aryl group substituted with an alkyl substituent or linked to the molecule through an alkyl group as defined above.
The term "alkoxy" means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having an attached oxygen radical, the alkyl group having the number of carbons specified or any number within this range. For example, a "-O-alkyl", C alkoxy, methoxy, etc.
The term "acyl" includes a group of the formula C(0)R', wherein R' is an straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl (including lower alkyl), carboxylate residue of an amino acid, aryl including phenyl, heteroaryl, alkaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to C4 alkyl or Ci to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkatyl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl. Aryl groups optimally comprise a phenyl group. In non-limiting embodiments, acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, cyclopropyl- carboxy, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyloctanoyl, neo- heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, 2-acetoxy-2-phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, a-methoxy-a- trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 2-nitro-benzeneacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2- chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, bromodifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, 2-thiopheneacetyl, chlorosulfonylacetyl, 3-methoxyphenylacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, tert-butylacetyl, trichloroacetyl, monochloro-acetyl, dichloroacetyl, 7H-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, perfluoro-heptanoyl, 7H- dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, 7-chlorododecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7-chloro-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7H-dodecafIuoroheptanoyl, 7H-dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, nona-fluoro-3,6-dioxa-heptanoyl, nonafluoro-3,6-dioxaheptanoyl, perfluoroheptanoyl, methoxybenzoyl, methyl 3-amino-5- phenylthiophene-2-carboxyl, 3,6-dichloro-2-methoxy-benzoyl, 4-(l, l,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)- benzoyl, 2-bromo-propionyl, omega-aminocapryl, decanoyl, n-pentadecanoyl, stearyl, 3- cyclopentyl-propionyl, 1 -benzene-carboxyl, O-acetylmandelyl, pivaloyl acetyl, 1 - adamantane-carboxyl, cyclohexane-carboxyl, 2,6-pyridinedicarboxyl, cyclopropane-carboxyl. cyclobutane-carboxyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, chloromethyl isoxazolyl carbonyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, crotonyl, l-methyl-lH-indazole-3- carbonyl, 2-propenyl, isovaleryl, 1 -pyrrolidinecarbonyl, 4-phenylbenzoyl.
The term "acylamino" includes a group having a structure of "-N(R')-C(=0)-R' ", wherein each R' is independently as defined above.
The term "ester" includes a group of the structure u-C(=0)-0-R' " or "-0-C(=O)-R' wherein R' is an straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl (including lower alkyl), carboxylate residue of an amino acid, aryl including phenyl, heteroaryl, alkaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, C; to C4 alkyl or Ci to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or
monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl. Aryl groups optimally comprise a phenyl group.
The term "heteratom" includes an atom other than carbon or hydrogen in the structure of a heterocyclic compound, nonlimiting examples of which are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, phosphorus or boron.
The term "carbonyl" or "includes a group of the structure "-C(=0)-X-R' " or "X- C(=0)-R' ", where X is O, S, or a bond, and each R is independently as defined above for "ester".
The term "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", or "heterocyclic" as used herein includes non- aromatic ring systems having four to fourteen members, preferably five to ten, in which one or more ring carbons, preferably one to four, are each replaced by a heteroatom. Examples of heterocyclic rings include 3-lH-benzimidazol-2-one, (l-substituted)-2-oxo-benzimidazol-3-yl, 2- tetrahydro-furanyl, 3-tetrahydrofuranyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyl, 4-tetra- hydropyranyl, [l,3]-dioxalanyl, [l ,3]-dithiolanyl, [l ,3]-dioxanyl, 2-tetra-hydro-thiophenyl, 3- tetrahydrothiophenyl, 2-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 2-thiomorpholinyl, 3- thiomorpholinyl, 4-thiomorpholinyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, 1 -piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, 4-thiazolidinyl, diazolonyl, N-substituted diazolonyl, 1-phthalimidinyl, benzoxanyl, benzopyrrolidinyl, benzopiperidinyl, benzoxolanyl, benzothiolanyl, and benzothianyl. Also included within the scope of the term "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic", as it is used herein, is a group in which a non- aromatic heteroatom-containing ring is fused to one or more aromatic or non-aromatic rings, such as in an indolinyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl, where the radical or point of attachment is on the non-aromatic heteroatom-containing ring. The term "heterocycle", "heterocyclyl", or "heterocyclic" whether saturated or partially unsaturated, also refers to rings that are optionally substituted.
The term "heteroaryl", used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in "heteroaralkyl" or "heteroarylalkoxy", refers to heteroaromatic ring groups having five to fourteen members.
Examples of heteroaryl rings include 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl, 3-furazanyI, N-imidazolyl, 2- imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2- oxadiazolyl, 5-oxadiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3- pyrrolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-pyrimidyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 2-thiazoIyl, 4-thiazoIyI, 5-thiazoIyl, 5-tetrazolyi, 2- triazolyl, 5-triazolyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indazolyl, isoindolyl, acridinyl, and benzoisoxazolyl. Also included within the scope of the term "heteroaryl", as it is used herein, is a group in which a heteroatomic ring is fused to one or more aromatic or nonaromatic rings where the radical or point of attachment is on the heteroaromatic ring. Examples include tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido [3,4-d]pyrimidinyl. The term "heteroaryl" also refers to rings that are optionally substituted. The term "heteroaryl" may be used interchangeably with the term "heteroaryl ring" or the term "heteroaromatic".
The term "amino" as used herein unless otherwise specified, includes a moiety represented by the structure "-N(R)2", and includes primary, secondary and tertiary amines optionally substituted by alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, and/or sulfonyl groups. Thus (R>2 may represent two hydrogen atoms, two alkyl moieties, or one hydrogen and one alkyl moiety.
The term "amido" as used herein includes an amino-substituted carbonyl, while the term "amidino" means a group having the structure "-C(=NH)-NH2".
The term "counterion" refers to a negatively or positively charged ionic species that accompanies an oppositely charged ionic species in order to maintain electric neutrality. Negatively charged counterions include inorganic counten'ons and organic counterions, including but not limited to, chloro, bromo, iodo, fluoro, phosphate, acetate, formate, sulfonate, trifluoroacetate acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, glycolate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oxalate, palmoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, salicylate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate and undecanoate. Positively charged counterions include, but are not limited to, alkali metal (e.g., sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (e.g., magnesium), ammonium and N+(Ci.4 alkyl)4 counterions. The term "quaternary amine" as used herein includes quaternary ammonium salts that have a positively charged nitrogen. They are formed by the reaction between a basic nitrogen in the compound of interest and an appropriate quaternizing agent such as, for example, methyliodide or benzyliodide. Appropriate counterions accompanying a quaternary amine include acetate, trifluoroacetate, chloro, bromo and iodo ions.
The term "substituted" includes multiple degrees of substitution by one or more named substituents such as, for example, halo, hydroxyl, thio, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, nitro, cyano, azido, amino, carboxamido, etc. Where multiple substituent possibilities exist, the compound can be substituted by one or more of the disclosed or claimed substituent groups, independently from one another, and taken singly or in plural.
The term "protected" as used herein and unless otherwise defined refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes. A wide variety of oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
The term "protecting group" as used herein refers to a group that may be attached to a reactive group, including heteroatoms such as oxygen or nitrogen, to prevent the reactive group from participating in a reaction. Any protecting groups taught in for example, in Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. John Wiley & Sons, 3rd Ed., 1999, may be used. Examples of suitable protecting groups include but are not limited to alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxymethyl and methoxymethyl; silyl protecting groups, such tert-butyldimethyl silyl (TBS), phenyldimethylsilyl, trimethylsilyl (TMS), 2-trimethylsilylethoxymethyl (SE ) and 2- trimethylsilylethyl; and benzyl and substituted benzyl.
It should be understood that the various possible stereoisomers of the groups mentioned above and herein are within the meaning of the individual terms and examples, unless otherwise specified. As an illustrative example, " 1 -methyl-butyl" exists in both (R) and the (S) form, thus, both (R)-l -methyl-butyl and (S)-l -methyl-butyl is covered by the term " 1 -methyl-butyl", unless otherwise specified.
The term "patient" includes human and veterinary subjects.
An "effective amount" is the quantity of compound in which a beneficial outcome is achieved when the compound is administered to a patient or alternatively, the quantity of compound that possesses a desired activity in vivo or in vitro. In the case of proliferative disorders, a beneficial clinical outcome includes reduction in the extent or severity of the symptoms associated with the disease or disorder and/or an increase in the longevity and/or quality of life of the patient compared with the absence of the treatment. For example, for a subject with cancer, a "beneficial clinical outcome" includes a reduction in tumor mass, a reduction in the rate of tumor growth, a reduction in metastasis, a reduction in the severity of the symptoms associated with the cancer and/or an increase in the longevity of the subject compared with the absence of the treatment. The precise amount of compound administered to a subject will depend on the type and severity of the disease or condition and on the characteristics of the patient, such as general health, age, sex, body weight and tolerance to drugs, it will also depend on the degree, severity and type of proliferative disorder. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate dosages depending on these and other factors.
The term "kinase-inhibiting amount" as used herein, refers to an amount of the compound that inhibits a kinase enzyme compared to a control as tested by the methods described herein.
The term "HSP 90-inhibiting amount" as used herein, refers to an amount of the compound that inhibits HSP90 compared to a control as tested by the methods described herein.
The term "biological sample", as used herein, includes, without limitation, cell cultures or extracts thereof; preparations of an en2yme suitable for in vitro assay; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or extracts thereof; and blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts thereof.
The term "cancer" includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and blood borne tumors and include, but is not limited to, the following cancers: breast, ovary, cervix, prostate, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, glioblastoma, stomach, skin, keratoacanthoma, lung, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bone, colon, adenoma, pancreas, adenocarcinoma, thyroid, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, sarcoma, bladder carcinoma, liver carcinoma and biliary passages, kidney carcinoma, myeloid disorders, lymphoid disorders, Hodgkin's, hairy cells, buccal cavity and pharynx (oral), lip, tongue, mouth, pharynx, small intestine, colon-rectum, large intestine, rectum, brain and central nervous system, and leukemia. The term "cancer" includes primary cancer, cancers secondary to treatment, and metastatic cancers. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier " refers to a non-toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound of this invention, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof.
"Excipient" refers to a diluent, adjuvant, vehicle, or carrier with which a compound is administered.
The term "HSP90-mediated disease" or "HSP90-mediated condition" refers to a condition in which HSP90 is known to pay a role. The conditions include but are not limited to inflammatory disorders, abnormal cellular proliferation, autoimmune disorders, ischemia, fibrogenetic disorders including but not limited to scleroderma, polymyositis, systemic lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, liver cirrhosis, keloid formation, interstitial nephritis, and pulmonary fibrosis. (Strehlovv, WO 02/02123; PCT/US01/20578).
The terms "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" and "prodrug" are used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as a salt, an ester, a phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the compound described in the specification. In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compounds as salts may be appropriate. The term pharmaceutically acceptable salts or complexes refers to salts or complexes that retain the desired biological activity of the compounds of the present invention and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects.
Non-limiting examples of such salts are (a) acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids such as sulfate, nitrate, hydrochloric, phosphate, and the like. For example, salts formed by the addition of hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, nitric acid, and the like. In addition, salts formed with organic acids are encompassed by the invention, including tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartrate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, a-ketoglutarate, and a-glycerophosphate salts, such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, tannic acid, pamoic acid, alginic acid, polyglutamic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, naphthalenedisulfonic acid, and polygalcturonic acid. The invention also encompasses (b) base addition salts, including formed with metal cations such as zinc, calcium, bismuth, barium, magnesium, aluminum, copper, cobalt, nickel, cadmium, sodium, potassium, lithium and the like, or with a cation formed from ammonia, N,N- dibenzylethylenediamine, D-glucosamine, tetraethylammonium, or ethylenediamine; or (c) combinations of (a) and (b); e.g., a zinc tannate salt or the like. Also included in this definition are pharmaceutically acceptable quaternary salts known by those skilled in the art, which specifically include the quaternary ammonium salt of the formula -NR+A", wherein R is as defined above and A is a counterion, including chloride, bromide, iodide, -O-alkyl,
toluenesulfonate, methylsulfonate, sulfonate, phosphate, or carboxylate (such as benzoate, succinate, acetate, glycolate, maleate, malate, citrate, tartrate, ascorbate, benzoate, cinnamoate, mandeloate, benzyloate, and diphenylacetate.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
Pharmaceutically acceptable "prodrugs" refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound. For example, a suitable prodrug may be an ester or an amide of a carboxylic acid that is hydrolyzed to form the acid. Non-limiting examples of prodrugs include but are not limited to alkyl or aralkyl esters or amides, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, benzyl and substituted benzyl esters or amides. Prodrugs also comprise phosphate esters of the compounds.
Stereoisomerism and Polymorphism
Compounds of the present invention having a chiral center may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. The present invention encompasses any racemic, optically- active, diastereomeric, polymorphic, or stereo isomeric form, or mixtures thereof, of a compound of the invention, which possess the useful properties described herein.
In one embodiment, the compounds are prepared in optically active form by asymmetric synthesis using the processes described herein or synthetic transformations known to those skilled in the art.
Other methods to obtain optically active materials are known in the art, and include at least the following. i) physical separation of crystals--a technique whereby macroscopic crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique can be used if crystals of the separate enantiomers exist, i.e., the material is a conglomerate, and the crystals are visually distinct;
ii) simultaneous crystallization— a technique whereby the individual enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state;
iii) enzymatic resolutions—a technique whereby partial or complete separation of a racemate by virtue of differing rates of reaction for the enantiomers with an enzyme;
iv) enzymatic asymmetric synthesis—a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enatiomerical!y pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer;
v) chemical asymmetric synthesis— a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is synthesized from an achiral precursor under conditions that produce asymmetry (i.e., chirality) in the product, which may be achieved using chiral catalysts or chiral auxiliaries; vi) diastereomer separations-a technique whereby a racemic compound is reacted with an enantiomerically pure reagent (the chiral auxiliary) that converts the individual enantiomers to diastereomers. The resulting diastereomers are then separated by chromatography or crystallization by virtue of their now more distinct structural differences and the chiral auxiliary later removed to obtain the desired enantiomer;
vii) first- and second-order asymmetric transformations—a technique whereby diastereomers from the racemate equilibrate to yield preponderance in solution of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer or where preferential crystallization of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer perturbs the equilibrium such that eventually in principle all the material is converted to the crystalline diastereomer from the desired enantiomer. The desired enantiomer is then released from the diastereomer;
viii) kinetic resolutions— this technique refers to the achievement of partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions; ίχ) enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors— a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis;
x) chiral liquid chromatography-^ technique whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase. The stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions;
xi) chiral gas chromatography--a technique whereby the racemate is volatilized and enantiomers are separated by virtue of their differing interactions in the gaseous mobile phase with a column containing a fixed non-racemic chiral adsorbent phase;
xii) extraction with chiral solvents--a technique whereby the enantiomers are separated by virtue of preferential dissolution of one enantiomer into a particular chiral solvent; or
xiii) transport across chiral membranes— a technique whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier. The barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non- racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
In another aspect, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions (i.e., formulations). The pharmaceutical compositions can comprise a compound of the present invention, as described herein, which is admixed with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier. Frequently, the composition comprises at least two pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
While the compositions and methods of the present invention will typically be used in therapy for human patients, they may also be used in veterinary medicine to treat similar or identical diseases. The compositions may, for example, be used to treat mammals, including, but not limited to, primates and domesticated mammals. The compositions may, for example be used to treat herbivores. The compositions of the present invention include geometric and optical isomers of one or more of the drugs, wherein each drug is a racemic mixture of isomers or one or more purified isomers.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the present invention include
compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. Determination of the effective amounts is well within the capability of those skilled in the art, especially in light of the detailed disclosure provided herein.
Any suitable formulation of a compound described above can be prepared for administration. Any suitable route of administration may be used, including, but not limited to, oral, parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, topical, subcutaneous routes, and inhalation. Depending on the subject to be treated, the mode of administration, and the type of treatment desired— e.g., prevention, prophylaxis, therapy; the compounds are formulated in ways consonant with these parameters. Preparation of suitable formulations for each route of administration are known in the art. A summary of such formulation methods and techniques is found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, which is incorporated herein by reference. Other examples of drug formulations can be found in Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms. Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980. The formulation of each substance or of the combination of two substances will generally include a diluent as well as, in some cases, adjuvants, buffers, preservatives and the like. The substances to be administered can be administered also in liposomal compositions or as microemulsions.
For injection, formulations can be prepared in conventional forms as liquid solutions or suspensions or as solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions. Suitable excipients include, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol and the like. Such compositions may also contain amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents and the like, such as, for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, and so forth.
Various sustained release systems for drugs have also been devised, and can be applied to compounds of the invention. See, for example, U.S. patent No. 5,624,677, the methods of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Systemic administration may also include relatively noninvasive methods such as the use of suppositories, transdermal patches, transmucosal delivery and intranasal administration. Oral administration is also suitable for compounds of the invention. Suitable forms include syrups, capsules, tablets, as is understood in the art.
An effective dose can be readily determined by the use of conventional techniques and by observing results obtained under analogous circumstances. In determining the effective dose, a number of factors are considered including, but not limited to: the species of patient; its size, age, and general health; the specific disease involved; the degree of involvement or the severity of the disease; the response of the individual patient; the particular compound administered; the mode of administration; the bioavailability characteristics of the preparation administered; the dose regimen selected; and the use of concomitant medication. For administration to animal or human subjects, the appropriate dosage of the a compound described above often is 0.01 to 1500 mg/kg, and sometimes 0.1 to 10 mg/kg. Dosage levels are dependent on the nature of the condition, drug efficacy, the condition of the patient, the judgment of the practitioner, and the frequency and mode of administration; however, optimization of such parameters is within the ordinary level of skill in the art.
Typical systemic dosages for all of the herein described conditions are those ranging from 0.01 mg/kg to 1500 mg/kg of body weight per day as a single daily dose or divided daily doses. Preferred dosages for the described conditions range from 0.5 to 1500 mg per day. A more particularly preferred dosage for the desired conditions ranges from 5 to 750 mg per day. Typical dosages can also range from 0.01 to 1500, 0.02 to 1000, 0.2 to 500, 0.02 to 200, 0.05 to 100, 0.05 to 50, 0.075 to 50, 0.1 to 50, 0.5 to 50, 1 to 50, 2 to 50, 5 to 50, 10 to 50, 25 to 50, 25 to 75, 25 to 100, 100 to 150, or 150 or more mg/kg/day, as a single daily dose or divided daily doses. In one embodiment, the compounds are given in doses of between about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 25 or about 25 to about 50 mg/kg. Typical dosages for topical application are those ranging from 0.001 to 100% by weight of the active compound.
The compounds are conveniently administered in units of any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing from about 7 to 3000 mg, from about 70 to 1400 mg, or from about 25 to 1000 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form. For example, an oral dosage of from about 50 to 1000 mg is usually convenient, including in one or multiple dosage forms of 50, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mgs. Lower dosages may be preferable, for example, from about 10 to 100 or 1 to 50 mgs. Also contemplated are doses of 0.1 -50 mg, 0.1 -20 mgs., or 0.1-10 mgs. Furthermore, lower doses may be utilized in the case of administration by a non-orai route, as for example, by injection or inhalation.
The compound is administered for a sufficient time period to alleviate the undesired symptoms and the clinical signs associated with the condition being treated.
The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent in an amount sufficient to deliver to a patient a therapeutic amount of compound in vivo in the absence of serious toxic effects. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that may be used in these pharmaceutical compositions are generally known in the art. They include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, solvents, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, silicates, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, oils, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool fat. Pharmaceutically accepted vehicles can contain mixtures of more than one excipient in which the components and the ratios can be selected to optimize desired characteristics of the formulation including but not limited to shelf-life, stability, drug load, site of delivery, dissolution rate, self- emulsification, control of release rate and site of release, and metabolism.
Formulations can be prepared by a variety of techniques known in the art. Examples of formulation techniques can be found in literature publications and in texts such as "Water- insoluble drug formulation", edited by Rong Liu, 2000, Interpharm Press.
The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation, and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time. The compounds described herein, are particularly useful for the treatment or prevention of a disorder mediated by kinases or mediated by HSP90. In one embodiment, the compounds described herein, are useful for the treatment or prevention of a proliferative disorder, including cancer metastasis. In another embodiment, the compounds described herein, are useful for the treatment or prevention of an inflammatory or autoimmune disorder associated by kinases or HSP90.
An aspect of the invention relates to compounds and compositions that are useful for treating cancer.
Another aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of the following cancers: breast, ovary, cervix, prostate, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, glioblastoma, stomach, skin, keratoacanthoma, lung, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bone, colon, adenoma, pancreas, adenocarcinoma, thyroid, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, sarcoma, bladder carcinoma, liver carcinoma and biliary passages, kidney carcinoma, myeloid disorders, lymphoid disorders, Hodgkin's, hairy cells, buccal cavity and pharynx (oral), lip, tongue, mouth, pharynx, small intestine, colon-rectum, large intestine, rectum, brain and central nervous system, and leukemia.
Another aspect of the invention is a method for treating cancer comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a patient with cancer.
Angiogenesis is characterized by the proliferation of endothelial cells to form new blood vessels (often called neovascularization). Inhibition of mitosis of endothelial cells results in inhibition of angiogenesis. Another aspect of this invention therefore relates to inhibition of undesirable mitosis, including undesirable angiogenesis. A mammalian disease characterized by undesirable cell mitosis, as defined herein, includes, but is not limited to, excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells (e.g., atherosclerosis), solid tumors and tumor metastasis, benign tumors, for example, hemangiomas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, vascular malfunctions, abnormal wound healing, inflammatory and immune disorders, Bechet's disease, gout or gouty arthritis, abnormal angiogenesis accompanying rheumatoid arthritis, skin diseases, such as psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy and other ocular angiogenic diseases such as retinopathy of prematurity (retrolental fibroplasic), macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and Osier Weber syndrome (Osler-Weber-Rendu disease).
Other undesired angiogenesis involves normal processes including ovulation and implantation of a blastula. The compositions described above can be used as a birth control agent by reducing or preventing uterine vascularization required for embryo implantation. Accordingly, the compositions described above can be used to block ovulation and implantation of a blastula or to block menstruation (induce amenorrhea).
Diseases associated with undesirable mitosis including neovascularization can be treated according to the present invention. Such diseases include, but are not limited to, ocular neovascular disease, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and retrolental fibroplasias, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, Vitamin A deficiency, contact lens overwear, atopic keratitis, superior limbic keratitis, pterygium keratitis sicca, Sjogren's syndrome, acne rosacea, phylectenulosis, syphilis, Mycobacteria infections, lipid degeneration, chemical bums, bacterial ulcers, fungal ulcers, Herpes simplex infections, Herpes zoster infections, protozoan infections, Kaposi's sarcoma, Mooren's ulcer, Terrien's marginal degeneration, marginal keratolysis, trauma, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus, polyarteritis, Wegener's sarcoidosis, Scleritis, Steven-Johnson disease, pemphigoid, radial keratotomy, and corneal graph rejection.
Other diseases associated with undesirable mitosis including neovascularization can be treated according to the present invention. Such diseases include, but are not limited to, sickle cell anemia, sarcoid, pseudoxanthoma elasticum, Paget's disease, vein occlusion, artery occlusion, carotid obstructive disease, chronic uveitis/vitritis, Lyme's disease, systemic lupus erythematosis, Eales' disease, Bechet's disease, infections causing a retinitis or choroiditis, presumed ocular histoplasmosis, Best's disease, myopia, optic pits, Stargart's disease, pars planitis, chronic retinal detachment, hyperviscosity syndromes, toxoplasmosis, and post-laser complications. Other diseases include, but are not limited to, diseases associated with rubeosis (neovascularization of the iris and the angle) and diseases caused by the abnormal proliferation of fibrovascular or fibrous tissue including all forms of proliferative vitreoretinopathy, whether or not associated with diabetes.
Another aspect of the invention relates to the treatment of inflammatory diseases including, but no limited to, excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells (e.g. , atherosclerosis), solid tumors and tumor metastasis, benign tumors, for example, hemangiomas, acoustic neuromas, trachomas, and pyogenic granulomas, vascular malfunctions, abnormal wound healing, inflammatory and immune disorders, Bechet's disease, gout or gouty arthritis, abnormal angiogenesis accompanying rheumatoid arthritis, skin diseases, such as psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy and other ocular angiogenic diseases such as retinopathy of prematurity (retrolental fibroplasic), macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma and Osier Weber syndrome (Osier- Weber-Rendu disease). Other undesired angiogenesis involves normal processes including ovulation and implantation of a blastula. Accordingly, the compositions described above can be used to block ovulation and implantation of a blastula or to block menstruation (induce amenorrhea).
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting HSP90 activity in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. The invention also provides a method for treating a disease that is mediated by HSP90.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting Aurora A activity in a patient, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a GSK-3- mediated disease with a GSK-3 inhibitor, comprising administering to a patient an effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
One aspect of this invention relates to a method of enhancing glycogen synthesis and/or lowering blood levels of glucose in a patient in need thereof, which method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. This method is especially useful for diabetic patients. Another method relates to inhibiting the production of hyperphosphorylated Tau protein, which is useful in halting or slowing the progression of Alzheimer's disease. Another method relates to inhibiting the phosphorylation of β-catenin, which is useful for treating schizophrenia. Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting GSK-3 activity in a biological sample, which method comprises contacting the biological sample with a GSK-3 inhibitor of formula I, , II, , III, IVa or IVb.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting GSK-3 activity in a patient comprising administering to the patient a compound of the present invention or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a CDK-2- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting CDK-2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an ERK-2- mediated diseases comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting E K-2 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an AKT- mediated diseases comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting AKT activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a Src- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Src activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an Lck- mediated disease with an Lck inhibitor, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Lck activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an Abl- mediated disease with an Abl inhibitor, which method comprises administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Abl activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a cKit- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting cKit activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a Flt3- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a
therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting Flt3 activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound. Another aspect of this invention relates to a method of treating or preventing a DR- mediated disease comprising administering to a patient in need of such a treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
Another aspect of the invention relates to inhibiting KDR activity in a biological sample or a patient, which method comprises administering to the patient a compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
An amount effective to inhibit protein kinase, is an amount that causes measurable inhibition of the kinase activity when compared to the activity of the enzyme in the absence of an inhibitor. Any method may be used to determine inhibition, such as, for example, the Biological Testing Examples described below.
The compounds of the invention as described above can be synthesized using methods, techniques, and materials known to those of skill in the art, such as described, for example, in March, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4.sup.th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and
Sundberg, ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTY 3.sup.rd Ed, Vols. A and B (Plenum 1992), and Green and Wuts, PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS 2.sup.nd Ed.
(Wiley 1991). Starting materials useful for preparing compounds of the invention and intermediates thereof are commercially available from sources, such as Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, Wis.), Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, Mo.), Maybridge (Cornwall, England), Asinex (Winston-Salem, NC), ChemBridge (San Diego, CA ), ChemDiv (San Diego, CA), SPECS (Delft, The Netherlands), Timtec (Newark, DE), or alternatively can be prepared by well-known synthetic methods (see, e.g, Harrison et al., "Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods", Vols. 1-8 (John Wiley and Sons, 1971-1996); "Beilstein Handbook of Organic Chemistry," Beilstein Institute of Organic Chemistry, Frankfurt, Germany; Feiser et al, "Reagents for Organic Synthesis," Volumes 1-21, Wiley Interscience; Trost et al,
"Comprehensive Organic Synthesis," Pergamon Press, 1991 ; "Theilheimer's Synthetic Methods of Organic Chemistry," Volumes 1-45, arger, 1991 ; March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry," Wiley Interscience, 1991 ; Larock "Comprehensive Organic Transformations," VCH Publishers, 1989; Paquette, "Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis," 3d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1995). Other methods for synthesis of the present compounds and/or starting materials thereof are either described in the art or will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan.
Alternatives to the reagents and/or protecting groups may be found in the references provided above and in other compendiums well known to the skilled artisan.
Preparation of the present compounds may include one or more steps of protection and deprotection (e.g., the formation and removal of acetal groups). Guidance for selecting suitable protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene & Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," Wiley Interscience, 1999. In addition, the preparation may include various purifications, such as column chromatography, flash chromatography, thin-layer chromatography (TLC), recrystallization, distillation, high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the like. Also, various techniques well known in the chemical arts for the identification and quantification of chemical reaction products, such as proton and carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance(Ή and l3C NMR), infrared and ultraviolet spectroscopy (IR and UV), X-ray crystallography, elemental analysis (EA), HPLC and mass spectroscopy (MS) can be used as well. The preparation may also involve any other methods of protection and deprotection, purification and identification and quantification that are well known in the chemical arts.
Synthesis of the examples of the present compounds are illustrated in the general and specific schemes below. One skilled in the art can readily derive the synthesis of the present compounds from the following examples according to the methods discussed above. PREPARATION OF LIBRARY OF POCHONIN OXIME ANALOGS:
In some embodiments, the synthetic planning of the library was based on previously developed chemistry1271 and leveraged on the use of solid phase synthesis and polymer-bound reagents. To broaden the SAR of the pochoximes, a library with four points of diversity was envisioned (see 1, Scheme 2) which would stem from a divergent coupling of fragment A to B followed by oxime formation and introduction of fragment C and then D. The choice of fragments A to D was based on preliminary structure-activity data of the present inventors'27"291 and the objective of biasing the conformational profile of the macrocycle through different ring sizes and additional small substituents. Regarding the aryl moiety (fragment A), preliminary experiments had shown that modifications of either phenol was detrimental; however, the presence or absence of a chlorine at R1 did have a subtle impact on the activity and both alternatives were included in the library. Regarding the lower part of the macrocycle (derived from fragment B), the present inventors127' and others[30J had previously found that the saturated fragment B2 was tolerated however, additional substitutions had not been investigated and three new combinations (B3-5) were included. Regarding the top part of the macrocycle (fragment C), eight modifications were considered leading to lactones (Cl-2, C4) or lactame (C3), different macrocycle size (C5-6) and an alkyne (C8) which would afford a diene as the product of the metathesis rather than the usual endocyclic alkene. The last group (D) included the largest diversity to probe the optimal oxime substituent.127, 31, 32]
Scheme 2. Synthetic planning of the library and structure of the library fragments.
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000043_0002
Figure imgf000043_0003
As shown in Scheme 3, deprotonation of the toluate fragment A with LDA followed by the addition of fragment B afforded a total of ten different combinations of intermediate 2 in moderate to good yield (50-85%) except for the coupling with fragment B2 which afforded unacceptable yield (<10%) presumably to competing enolization of the Weinreb amide.
Alternatively, the same product could be obtained by conjugate reduction of the coupling product obtained with fragment Bl using aCNBH3 (25-50%). Each product was treated with aminooxyacetic acid and, after filtration through a pad of silica to remove excess aminooxyacetic acid, the resulting oximes 2 were loaded on a chlorotrityl resin to afford polymer-bound intermediates 3. To ensure a complete consumption of the starting material, a high loading resin (1.1 mmol/g) was used in excess and once all starting material had been consumed (24 h), the resin was capped with the addition of AcOH to afford ten resins of 3. The 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl ester was then cleaved under the action of TBAF to afford 4 and each batch of resin was further divided in eight batches for the esterification or amide formation with fragments C. It was found to be essential to thoroughly wash the resin with a 1% AcOH solution in CH2CI2 after the TBAF deprotection to protonate the polymer-bound carboxylate and remove tetrabutyl ammonium salts. Each resin was then subjected to a metathesis reaction with the second generation Grubbs catalyst1331 under microwave irradiation until 120 °C for 45 min to afford the desired polymer- bound macrocycles 5. To ensure completion of the reaction and equilibration to the
thermodynamically more favorable £-alkene, the reactions were repeated three times with a catalyst loading of 6 % in each treatment. For the ene-yne metathesis (resins including fragment C8), an additional alkene was added in solution to facilitate catalyst turnover. The library of macrocycles 5 was then cleaved from the resin using hexafluoro isopropanol (HFIP) which was found to preserve the integrity of the EOM groups to afford, after purification, the products in 20-30% yield over five steps. The macrocycles bearing a free carboxylic acid were then further divided in separate pools for coupling to fragments D using polymer-bound carbodiimide and 4- DMAP with an excess of amine (>2.0 equiv) which afforded the products with excellent conversion (>90%). The excess of amine was removed during the evaporation or sequestered along with DMAP during the subsequent treatment with a large excess (10 equiv) of sulfonic acid resin in MeOH to perform the EOM deprotection (>75% isolated yield for two steps).
While not all permutations were pursued, a library containing at least one example of each fragment was prepared. All compounds were purified by PTLC however no effort was made to separate the E and Z isomers of the oxime which typically have very similar if not identical Rf. The purity of all products was assessed by LC/MS and a sample of the library was analyzed by NMR. Generally, compounds were obtained as a 1 : 1 E.Z mixture of oxime geometry.
Scheme S.
Figure imgf000045_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) LDA (2.0 equiv), B (0.9 equiv), THF, - 78 °C, 20 min, 50-85%; b) H2NOCH2C02H (5.0 equiv), 40 °C, py, 24-48h, 85-95%; c) PS-ClTr-Cl (3.0 equiv), Et/Pr2N (6.0 equiv), CH2C12, 23 °C, 24 h; then AcOH (20 equiv), 23 °C, 24 h; d) TBAF (4.0 equiv), 23 °C 4 h; e) C (5.0 equiv), Ph3P (2.0 equiv), DIAD (2.0 equiv), toluene, 23 °C 12 h; f) Grubb's II (0.06 equiv), CH2C12, 120 °C MW, 3 x 45 min; g) HFIP/CH2C12 1/4, 23 °C, 3 h, 20-30% over 5 steps; h) PS-DCC (3.0 equiv), DMAP (cat), D (2.0 equiv), 23 °C 72 h; i) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), MeOH, 23 °C 4 h, >75% for two steps (>90% conversion). A subset of this library was screened for its affinity to human HSP90a using a competition assay with a fluorescein labeled analog of 17AAGt34] and in a cellular assay using Her-2 as a pharmacodynamic marker of cellular efficacy.1351 The present inventors had previously observed that the Z isomers were less potent than the E isomers (particularly in cellular assays), however, as the E/Z ratio is consistent within the library, the results obtained should be qualitatively significant. The results are summarized in Table 1 below and revealed interesting opportunities regarding modifications which are well tolerate as a single point modification or in conjunction with other modifications. As previously noted, there are only moderate differences in activity for compounds with the unsubstituted aryl ring (Al) and chlorinated aryl ring (A2) (entry 1 vs entry 41). However, this can become significant in conjunction with other modifications. For example, the presence of the chlorine atom is beneficial in conjugation with fragement C2 where the combination A2C2 is roughly five times more potent in its affinity for HSP90 than A1C2 (entries 3 vs 42, 30 vs 47 and 34 vs 49). On the other hand, it is detrimental in conjunction with B4 (entries 36 vs 50 and 38 vs 52). Regarding the lower part of the macrocycles, an α,β-conjugated oxime is systematically better than the saturated one (Bl vs B2). An additional methylene at the β position (B3) or γ position (B4) as well as a hydroxyl group at the γ position (B5) are generally well tolerated with the combinations A1B3C4D1 (entry 35), A1B4C4D1 (entry 38) and A1B5C1D1 (entry 40) being amongst the fittest ligand from the library. Regarding the upper part of the macrocycle, there was generally little difference between the activity of compounds having the chiral methyl group (CI) or a simple primary ester (C4). A longer alkyl chain at carbon 2 (C2 and C7) were tolerated in some permutations (entries 42 and 45) but not with fragment B4 (entry 51). Modification of the lactone for a lactame (C3) led to a significant decrease in affinity (entry 43 vs 41) and different macrocycle size (13-member ring with C5 and 15-member ring with C6) also led to reduced affinity. Fragment C8 which affords a product substituted at carbon 4 with a vinyl group also led to a significant decrease in affinity (entry 46). The present inventors had already noted that aliphatic amide provided the best activity for fragment D however, this larger panel of amides refined the structure-activity relationship. Substituents on the piperidine ring is well tolerated at the β (D3) and δ (D4) position but not at the a position (D2, D5, D6) nor with too large substituent (D7 and D8). Five- (D15-17) or seven-member rings (D23) as well as acyclic secondary amides (D18-21, D25) lead to reduced affinity. One modification did provide a slight improvement in affinity: dehydropiperidine D9 (entry 1 1). Table 1. HSP90 affinity (EC50 (μΜ) and statistical analysis (r2)) and pharmacodynamic (EC5o, μΜ) evaluation of pochoximes (measurement of Her-2 depletion in SkBr3 cells treated with the inhibitor overnight).
Figure imgf000046_0001
Entry Compound Affinity (μΜ) r2 Ρϋ (μΜ)
6 D4 0.07 0.983 <0.5
7 D5 0.243 0.994 <1
8 D6 0.238 0.99 <5
9 D7 2.24 0.99 >10
10 D8 5.757 0.995 > 10
1 1 D9 0.022 0.988 <0.5
12 D10 0.124 0.995 <0.5
13 D l l 0.07 0.998 <0.5
14 Bl C4 D12 0.64 0.997 <5
15 D13 >10 0.991
16 D14 0.337 0.995 5
17 D15 0.128 0.997 <1
18 D16 0.1 19 0.982 <1
19 D17 0.219 0.998 <0.5
20 A l D 18 0.196 0.991 <1
21 D19 0.094 0.982 <5
22 D20 0.162 0.993 <1
23 D21 2.992 0.993 >10
24 D22 0.057 0.984 <1
25 D23 0.14 0.991
26 D24 0.155 0.987 <5
27 D25 0.1 16 0.98 <1
28 D26 0.372 0.994 <10
29 12* Dl 0.159 0.971
30 B2 C2 Dl 1.936 0.9965 >10
31 C6 3.027 0.989 >10
32 CI D18 0.2 0.989 <1
33 B3 C2 Dl 0.196 0.994 <1
34 D18 4.663 0.993 >10
35 C4 Dl 0.046 0.976 <0.5
36 CI 0.032 0.91
37 B4 C2 Dl 0.81 1 0.988
38 C4 0.021 * 0.988 <0.5
39 C5 0.587 0.987 <5
40 B5 CI Dl 0.020* 0.965
41 CI 0.039 0.996
42 C2 0.096 0.994 <5
43 B l C3 0.198 0.98 <1
44 C5 Dl 0.182 0.984 <5
45 C7 0.079 0.931
46 C8 0.432 0.985 <1
47 B2 C2 Dl 0.543 0.981 <5
48 A2 C4 0.51 0.986 <10 Entry Compound Affinity (μΜ) r2 Ρϋ (μΜ)
49 B3 C2 D18 0.9 0.976 > 10
50 CI 0.154 0.995 <1
51 C2 1.751 0.998 10
52 B4 C4 Dl 0.17 0.976 <5
53 C5 1.722 0.996 >10
54 C6 0.599 0.995 >10
55 B5 CI 0.01 * 0.98
56 C4 0.018* 0.98
57 radicicol 0.156 0.997
58 17-AAG 0.033 0.978
* Based on the fact that the assay is performed using 20 nM of HSP90,
IC50 below 20 nM can not be reliably measured
The co-crystal structure of the N-terminal part HSP90 bound to radicicol (lbgq, Figure 1 , panels A)[36' is very similar to the structure of apo-HSP90(lyer)[37). Crystal structures have also been reported for the functionally related ER chaperone GRP94 (l uOz)1381 again showing a similar conformation of the ATP-binding pocket of HSP90. Likewise, the co-crystal structure of several resorcylide analogs of radicicol with HSP90 have also been reported to bind to a similar conformation of HSP90.[30] The studies of the present inventors on the binding mode of pochoximes using docking, binding free energy calculations and NMR 15N chemical shifts with yeast HSP90 suggested a similar binding mode to radicicol.1391 However, they did not provide a rationale for the significant enhancement of activity from pochonin D to the pochoximes. While the ketone of pochonin D does point towards a small unoccupied pocket, docking experiments suggested that its conversion to oximes with large substituents such as the piperidine amide present in pochoximes A, B, and C would be too large to fit and placed outside of the binding pocket. Cocrystalyzation of pochoxime A and B using a twofold molar excess of ligand with the N-terminal domain of human HSP90a afforded crystals which diffracted at 1.95 A (pdb ID: 3inw) and 1.75 A (pdb ID: 3inx) respectively (see supplemental information for statistical analysis). In both cases, the inhibitor could be placed unambiguously in the calculated electron densities. Analysis of both structures revealed a significant rearrangement in the "ATP-lid" with the peptide segment from lie 104 through Alal24 assuming a contiguous a-helix (Figure 1, panels B and C). This rearrangement creates a large lyophylic pocket at the interface of the side chains of Met98, Leul 03, Phel38 and Trpl62 with the piperidine moiety sandwiched between the ar l moiety of Th l 2 and the side chains of Met98. The rearrangement thus creates the opportunity for favorable interactions with the oxime substituent and hence, a rational for the enhancements in activity of the pochoximes as well as the preference of lypophilic groups on the hydoxylamine such a piperidine amides. Based on the similarity between the binding mode of pochonin and radicicol, extrapolation of these results to radicicol can also account for the benefits of oximes.'31 , 32] A similar change in HSP90 conformation has been noted for some purine-based inhibitor PU3 (pdb ID luyrn),[37] however, in the later case, the pocket created by Met98, Leu 103 and Thpl62 is less open and only accommodates a methoxy group rather than the whole piperidine ring while the the aryl ring of Ph l38 is involved in π-stacking interactions to the benzyl moiety of PU3. Likewise, the cocrystal structure of a representative 2- aminobenzamide (pdb ID: 3d0b)[40] was shown to have a contiguous a-helix in the "ATP-lid" however, it does not exploit lypophylic interactions between Met98 and Trpl 62.
Based on this structure, substitution at the allylic position such as in compounds which include fragment B4 and BS should point towards the solvent. Compound IAIBSCI DI bearing a hydroxyl substitution at the allylic position (carbon 6) was deemed most interesting as it should improve aqueous solubility relatively to pochoximes A, B, and C and provide a handle to label the inhibitor with a marker or affinity tag. This compound was prepared as a mixture of four diastereoisomers (two oxime geometries with either stereochemistry at carbon 6) which proved to be separable by HPLC. Interestingly, while the E and Z oximes were readily identifiable by NMR analysis, the diastereoisomers stemming from the different chirality of the allylic hydroxyl group had very similar NMR and its stereochemistry could not be inferred. The four isomers were tested for their cellular efficacy (Figure 2). As previously noted, the E isomers of the oximes were considerably more potent than the 2 oximes (60 to 100 fold). There was also a notable difference in activity (c . 10 fold) between the two different diastereoisomers with the most potent compound being active at 5 nM making it the most potent pochoxime to date (tentatively assigned as the R isomer based on docking).
In order to prepare derivatives of this newly identified analog, compound 6 bearing a silyl protecting group on the allylic hydroxyl group was prepared according to a previously developed protocol (see supplemental information for detailed synthetic protocols).1291 As shown in scheme 4, selective silyl deprotection of 6 using TBAF afforded 7 onto which was introduce a short linker via alkylation, azide displacement and reduction to afford amine 9. Labeling of 9 with Cy3 followed by EOM deprotection afforded pochoxime-Cy3 conjugate 10. Alternatively, compound 7 was labeled with biotin via a four step sequence involving coupling to a short PEG linker, Fmoc deprotection, coupling to biotin and global deprotection with TFA. It should be noted that in this case, global deprotection with sulfonic acid resin led to a trans-esterification of the PEG-ester. The affinity of these derivatives for human HSP90a was found to be below 30 nM suggesting the linker to a fluorophore or biotin in the form of an ether or ester does not perturb the binding.
Scheme 4.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) TBAF (1.5 equiv), THF, 0-23 °C, 3 h, 88%; b) NaH (7.2 equiv), 0 °C, then Bu4NI (1.1 equiv) MsO(CH2)3Br (4.7 equiv), 0-40 °C, 3 h; c) NaN3 (1 1 equiv), DMSO, 60 °C, 2 h, 50 % over two steps; d) Ph3P (2.0 equiv), THF H20 (9: 1) 40 °C, 24 h, 54%; e) Cy-3 (1.5 equiv), TNTU (1.35 equiv), Pr2EtN (3.0 equiv) 0-23 °C, 1 h, 95%; f) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), MeOH, 40 °C, 2 h, >90%; g) FmocAEEA-OH (2.0 equiv), EDC (2.0 equiv), 4-DMAP (0.1 equiv), CH2C12, 23 °C, 22 h, 50%; h) 20% piperidine in DMF, 10 min, 20 °C, >95%; biotin- OSu (1.2 equiv), Et3N (4.6 equiv), DMF, 23 °C, 12 h, 60%; TFA/cresol (4: 1), 10 min, 23 °C, >95%. FmocAEEA-OH = Fmoc-8-amino-3,6-dioxaoctanoic acid.
This extended library of pochoximes led to the identification of several analogs with enhanced activity. Introduction of a hydroxyl group at carbon 6 on the macrocycle afforded the most potent pochoxime to date showing cellular efficacy below 10 nM. The co-crystal structure of pochoxime A and B with human HSP90a shows that the pochoximes bind to a different conformation of HSP90 than the closely related radicicol. Whether this alternative binding mode translates to different biological activities is currently under investigation. The identification of derivatives with affinity tag or marker should assist in this endeavour and could prove useful in diagnostics and imaging. Finally, the flexibility in the "ATP-lid" region'411 of human HSP90 as exemplified by the structures reported herein should be an important consideration in the design of inhibitors. Furthermore, differences in the flexibility in this region of the protein amongst the different paralogs of HSPs or HSPs from different species may be exploited to achieve selective inhibition.
Scheme 5. Synthesis of aminopochoxime 3 and glycopochoxime derivative 5.
Figure imgf000051_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) MsCl (4.0 equiv), Et3N (5.0 equiv), CH2C12, 0 - 23 °C, 7 h; b) NaN3 (10 equiv), DMF, 23 °C, 24 h, 87% over two steps; c) Me3P (4.0 equiv), THF:H20 (5: 1), 23 °C, 5 h, 74%; d) (CICH2CO)20 (5.0 equiv), -Pr2EtN (5.0 equiv), CH2C12) 0 °C, 10 min, 82%; e) tetra- (^-acetyl- l-.S'-acetyl-l -thio-p-D-glucopyranose (3.0 equiv), Na2C03(15 equiv), MeOH, 23 °C, 6 h; f) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), 23 °C, 16 h, 30% over two steps and after HPLC separation.
Figure imgf000052_0001
Preparation of Azide 2. Alcohol 1 (1.0 equiv, 100 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and the solution cooled to 0 °C. Triethylamine (5.0 equiv, 100 μΐ,, 0.85 mmol) and methanesulphonyl chloride (4.0 equiv, 52 μί, 0.68 mmol) were added slowly at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 hours at 23 °C and then quenched with sat. aqueous NaHCC>3. The extracted organic phase was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, filtered and the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to leave a yellow residue. The crude mesylate was dissolved in DMF (5.0 mL), sodium azide (10 equiv, 11 1 mg, 1.7 mmol) was added and stirred at 23 °C. After 24 hours the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 1 : 1
EtOAc/Hexane), to afford azide 2 (87 mg, 87% over two steps) as a colourless oil. R/= 0.3 (1 : 1 EtOAc/Hexane); Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) S = 6.87 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 6,74-6.73 (m, 2H), 6.66 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.60 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.15 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.04-5.92 (m, 2H), 5.75-5.69 (m, 2H), 5.42 (dt, J= 15.6, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 5.24-5.19 (m, 10H), 4.84 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 4H), 4.26 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.71-3.68 (m, 8H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 6H), 3.48-3.42 (m, 6H), 2.53-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.34 (m, 5H), 1.71-1.59 (m, 12H), 1.45 (dd, J= 6.0, 1.6 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 12H) ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C31H44N5O8: 614.31 12; found: 614.3139
Figure imgf000053_0001
Synthesis of Amine 3. To a solution of azide 2 (1.0 equiv, 83.6 mg, 0.136 mmol) in a mixture of THF: H20 (5.5 mL, 5: 1) was added Me3P (4.0 equiv, 0.54 mL, 1M in THF). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 5 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The compound was then purified by reverse phase to yield amine 3 in a 74% yield (59 mg, 100 mmol) as a mixture of isomers. HR S (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for CjiFLteNaOs: 588.3207; found: 588.3212.
Figure imgf000053_0002
Synthesis of chloride 4. Amine 3 (59 mg, 100 μηιοΐ) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and cooled to 0 °C, f'-Pr2EfN (5.0 equiv, 88 μΐ, 500 μπιοΐ) and chloroaceticanhydride (5.0 equiv, 84 mg, 500 μιηοΐ) were added sequentially and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCCb and washed with brine, dried and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 6:4 EtOAc/Hexane), to give chloride 4 (55 mg, 82%). Rf= 0.15 (1: 1 EtOAc/Hexane); Ή NMR (CDC13> 400 MHz) δ = 6.82 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, I H), 6.65-6.64 (m, 2H), 6.56 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.48 (t, /= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (d, J= 16.8 Hz, I H), 5.96-5.80 (m, 2H), 5.43-5.42 (m, IH), 5.41-5.40 (m, IH), 5.23-5.21 (m, 2H), 5.15-5.09 (m, 10H), 4.75 (s, 4H), 4.58 (bs, 2H), 4.42 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, IH), 3.98 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 4H), 3.68-3.59 (m, 8H), 3.52-3.34 (m, I OH), 3.09 (d, = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 8H), 1.58-1.44 (m, 12H), 1.35(d, /= 6.0 Hz, 6H), 1.20- 1.1 1 (m, 12H) ppm.
Figure imgf000054_0001
Synthesis of Thio glycoside 5. Tetra- O-acetyl-l-S-acetyl-l-mio-p-D-glucopyranose (3.0 equiv, 82 mg, 0.201 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (2.0 mL). Sodium carbonate (15 equiv, 105 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added and stirred at 23 °C for 3 hours and then chloride 3 (1.0 equiv, 45 mg, 0.67 mmol) was added and further stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, neutralized with Dowex 50WX2-100 resin and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was dissolved in methanol (3.0 mL) and PS-S03H (10 equiv, 223 mg, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and stirred at 23 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and evaporated in vacuo. The oxime isomers were separated by HPLC [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C 8 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 3.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 80% to 40% H20 (0.01% TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01% TFA)] to give thio glycosides 5 (Z-isomer: 6.0 mg; E-isomer: 7.9 mg).
Glycopochoxime 5 Z-isomer Ή NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.81 (d, J= 16 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J - 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.19-6.11 (m, 1H), 5.72-5.64 (m, 1 H), 5.49 (dd, J = 15.2, 6 Hz, 1H), 5.36-5.29 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J= 4.8 Hz, 1H), ), 4.02 (d, J= 15.2 Hz, 1H), )5 3.88 (d, J= 1 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.68-3.61 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.28 (m, 4H), 3.25 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.64-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.50-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.62 ( m, 6H), 1.47 (d, J= 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm; 13C NMR (CD3OD, 100 MHz) δ 174.6, 173.5, 172.4, 164.8, 164.4, 159.4, 144.2, 141.6, 135.9, 130.5, 124.4, 1 13.1 , 1 1 1.1 , 104.8, 89.0, 84.8, 82.0, 76.9, 75.2, 75.1, 74.0, 65.5, 55.1, 49.7, 46.7, 41.9, 40.5, 38.1, 36.4, 30.0, 29.2, 27.9, 22.2 ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46N3O12S: 708.2724; found: 708.2712.
Glycopochoxime 5 E-isomer Ή NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.09-6.07 (m, 2H), 5.96-
5.82 (m, 2H), 5.57-5.49 (m, 1H), 5.31 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.21-5.17 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.24 (m, 4H), 3.75 (d, J = 1 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 3.66 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.46 (m, 4H), 3.40-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.15 (m, 4H), 3.10 (t, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.54-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.10- 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.48 (m, 4H), 1.33 (d, j = 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm; 13C NMR (CD3OD, 100 MHz) δ 170.5, 169.7, 168.1 , 161.1, 158.1, 139.3, 133.5, 132.0, 127.4, 126.6, 108.1 , 100.9, 85.0, 80.8, 78.1, 73.0, 71.4, 71.3, 70.1, 61.5, 51.4, 45.8, 42.8, 37.8, 36.4, 32.4, 29.0, 26.1, 25.3, 24.0, 18.2 ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46N3Oi2S:
708.2724; found: 708.2738.
Scheme 6. Inversion of alcohol configuration via Mitsunobu.
Figure imgf000055_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) ClCH2COOH (4.0 equiv), PPh3 (4.4 equiv), DIAD (4.4 equiv), THF, 0 - 23 °C, 14 h, 77%; b) HSCH2CH2NH2 (4.0 equiv), pyridine (2.0 mL), Et3N (1.0 mL) MeOH, 45 °C, 24 h, 83%.
Figure imgf000055_0002
Synthesis of compound 6: To a stirred ice-cooled solution of alcohol 1 (1.0 equiv, 200 mg, 0.34 mmol), chloroacetic acid (4.0 equiv, 127 mg, 1.36 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (4.4 equiv, 391 mg, 1.49 mmol) in THF (5 mL), DIAD (4.4 equiv, 0.294 mL, 1.49 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred at 23 °C for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 3:7 to 1 : 1 EtOAc/Hexane), to give ester 6 (173 mg, 77%). Rf= 0.32 (1 : 1 EtOAc Hexane). HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46Cl 2Oio: 665.2763; found: 665.2719.
Figure imgf000056_0001
Synthesis of Alcohol 7: To a solution of ester 6 (1.0 equiv, 163 mg, 0.245 mmol) in methanol (3.0 mL), were added pyridine (2.0 mL), triethylamine(1.0 mL) and cystamine (4.0 equiv, 77 mg, 0.98 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at 45 °C for 24 hours. Then the sovents were evaporated in vacuo and the crude purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 1 : 1 to 7:3
EtOAc) Hexane), to afford alcohol 7 (120 mg, 83%). Rf= 0.11 (8:2 EtOAc/Hexane); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ =6.88 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 6,74-6.72 (m, 2H), 6.66 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, lH), 6.18 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6.07-5.91 (m, 2H), 5.64-5.53 (m, 4H), 5.21 (s, 8H), 5.20-5.16 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 4H), 4.46-4.42. (m, 3H), 3.78-3.69 (m, 10H), 3.60-3,59 (m, 6H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 6H), 3.28 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 8H), 1.68-1.58 (m, 12H), 1.46 (d, J= 6 Hz, 6H), 1.30- 1.20 (m, 12H); HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for
C3 1 H45N2 V. 589.3047; found: 589.3033.
Figure imgf000056_0002
Synthesis of azide 8. azide 8 was obtained following the same procedure as for azide 2,. R = 0 (1 : 1 EtOAc/Hexane); *H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) δ = 6.87 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H), 6,74-6.72 (m 2H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.60 (m, 4H), 5.40-5.34 (m, 2H), 5.24 (s, 8H), 5.20-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 4H), 4.53 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 3.71 -3.68 (m, 10H), 3.61-3.57 (m, 5H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 5H), 3.1 1 (d, J= 14.8 Hz, 1H), 2.52-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 5H), 1.68-1.58 (m, 12H), 1.46 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 12H) ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C3iH44Ns08: 614.31 12; found: 614.3126
Figure imgf000057_0001
Synthesis of amine 9. Amine 9 was obtained following the same procedure as for amine 3. HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C31H46N3O8: 588.3207; found: 588.3225.
Figure imgf000057_0002
Preparation of chloride 10. Amine 9 was transformed into chloride 10 following the same procedure as descried before for chloride 6. HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46ClN20,o: 664.2763; found: 664.2760.
Figure imgf000058_0001
Synthesis of thio glycoside 11. Glycopochoxime derivative 11 was prepared following the same procedure as for the synthesis of compound 5. The crude product was purified by HPLC HPLC [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 3.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 80% to 40% H20 (0.01% TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01% TFA)] to give thio glycosides 11 (Z-isomer: 4.7 mg; E-isomer: 5.9 mg).
Glycopochoxime 11 Z-isomer 'H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.69 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 6.16 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 5.95-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.46 (m, 1 H), 5.29 (dd, J = 15.2, 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.17-5.13 (m, I H), 4.70 (d, J = 4 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.13- 4.07 (m, IH), 3.75 (d, J = 12 Hz, IH), 3.54-3.45 (m, 5H), 3.38 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.18-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.05 (m, IH), 1.59-1.48 ( m, 6H), 1.30 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H) ppm; l3C NMR (CD3OD, 100 MHz) δ 170.3, 169.2, 168.3, 160.3, 158.8, 155.2, 139.3, 137.7, 131.9, 129.3, 120.0, 1 10.9, 106.8, 100.8, 85.1, 80.8, 78.1 , 73.0, 70.9, 69.7, 61.5, 52.6, 48.5, 45.8, 42.8, 39.0, 38.7, 37.4, 35.5, 34.5, 32.5, 26.0, 23.9 ppm. HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46N3O12S: 708.2724; found: 708.2747.
Glycopochoxime 11 E-isomer Ή NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.21 (s, IH), 6.19 (d, J = 1 .6 Hz, IH), 6.05 (d, J = 16 Hz, IH), 5.97-5.89 (m, IH), 5.67-5.60 (m, IH), 5.41 (dd, J = 15.2, 8.4 Hz, IH), 5.29-5.23 (m, IH), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, IH), 4.20-4.15 (m, IH), 3.88 (d, J = 1 1.6 Hz, IH), 3.66-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.55- 2.51 (m, IH), 2.44-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.15 (m, IH), 1.72-1.62 ( m, 6H), 1 .45 (d, J = 6 Hz, 3H) ppm; 13C MR (CD3OD, 100 MHz) δ 170.2, 169.1, 168.0, 160.2, 157.9, 137.8, 134.0, 131.8, 129.5, 126.8, 106.8, 100.6, 85.0, 80.8, 78.0, 72.9 71.5, 71.0, 70.0, 61.5, 52.8, 48.5, 45.9, 42.8, 39.1 , 36.9, 32.5, 28.2, 26.1 , 25.3, 24.0, 19.0 ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C33H46N3012S: 708.2724; found: 708.2790.
Figure imgf000059_0001
Synthesis of amine 12. Amine 3 (15 mg) was dissolved in TFA/m-creso] 1 : 1 (200 pL/200 pL) and stirred at RT for 5 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10 mL ¾0, lyophilized and purified by HPLC [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 2.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 80% to 60% H20 (0.01% TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01% TFA)] to obtain 0.9 mg of pure amine 12 Z isomer (Rt = 12.2 min) and 1.8 mg of amine 12 E isomer (Rt = 13.4 min)
Amine 12 Z-isomer Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.67 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, IH), 6.53 (d, J
= 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.29 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.08-5.95 (m, I H), 5.54-5.47 (m, 2H), 5.40-5.35 (m,
IH), 4.62-4.59 (m, 2H), 4.34 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, I H), 3.55-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.71 -2.66 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.66-
1.58 (m, 6H), 1.43 (d, J = 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm. HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for
C25H34N306: 72.2369; found: 472.2332
Amine 12 E-isomer Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.45 (s, IH), 6.30 (d, J = 1.6 Hz,
IH), 5.95 (s, IH), 5.55-5.50 (m, 3H), 5.41 -5.35 (m, IH), 4.91-4.79 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.56 (m, IH), 4.37 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, IH), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.73-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.99
(s, 3H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 6H), 1.44 (d, J= 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + Hf calcd for C25H34N306:472.2369; found: 472.2353
Figure imgf000060_0001
Synthesis of amine 13. Amine 9 (10 mg) was dissolved in TFA/m-cresol 2: 1 (100 μί/50 μί) and stirred at RT for 5 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with 10 mL H20, lyophilized and purified by HPLC in an atteptem to separate both isomers [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 2.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 80% to 60% H20 (0.01% TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01 % TFA)] without success, to give amine 13 as a mixture of isomers (1.7 mg); 'H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.91 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.19 (s, 3H), 6.12 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.91-5.78 (m, 4H), 5.46-5.40 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.23 (m, 2H), 4.42 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.49 (m, 13H), 2.69-2.47 (m, 8H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 4H), 1.72- 1.71 (m, 6H), 1.63-1.62 (m, 6H), 1.47 (d, J= 6 Hz, 6H) pp ; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C25H34N306:472.2369; found: 472.2324.
Figure imgf000060_0002
Synthesis of acetamide 14. Amine 9 was dissolved in dichloromethane (1 mL) and cooled to 0 °C, z'-Pr2EtN (5.0 equiv, 1.9 pL, 0.085 mmol) and acetic anhydride (5.0 equiv, 8.6 pL, 0.08 mmol) were added sequentially and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCC>3 and washed with brine, dried and and evaporated in vacuo. The crude acetyl derivative was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and PS-S03H (10.0 equiv, 56 mg, 0.17 mmol, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and stirred at 23 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by HPLC [Agilent Zorbax Eclipse XDB- C18 9.4 mm x 25 mm column; flow rate 2.0 mL/min; linear gradient from 70% to 50% H20 (0.01 % TFA) in acetonitrile (0.01 % TFA)] to give acetamide 14 (Z-isomer: Rt = 13.8 min, 5.4 mg; E-isomer: Rt = 14.7 min, 5.8 mg).
Acetamide 14 Z-isomer: Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.67 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, IH), 6.53
(d, J = 2.0 Hz, I H), 6.29 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.08-5.95 (m, IH), 5.54-5.47 (m, 2H), 5.40-5.35 (m, IH), 4.62-4.59 (m, 2H), 4.34 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 3.82 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, I H), 3.55-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.66- 1.58 (m, 6H), 1.43 (d, J= 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm. HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C27H36N3O7: 514.2475; found: 514.2400.
Acetamide 14 E-isomer: Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) δ = 6.45 (s, 1 H), 6.30 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, I H), 5.95 (s, IH), 5.55-5.50 (m, 3H), 5.41-5.35 (m, IH), 4.91-4.79 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.56 (m, IH), 4.37 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, IH), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.73-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 6H), 1.44 (d, J= 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm; HRMS (MALDI-TOF) m/z [M + H]+ calcd for C^eNaO?: 514.2475; found: 514.2464
ASYMMETRIC SYNTHESIS OF POCHONJN OXIME ANALOGS:
Scheme 7. Disconnections for the synthesis of pochonin E.
Figure imgf000061_0001
The asymmetric synthesis of pochonin E and F was envisioned to proceed as shown in Scheme 7 and was based on the logic of previous pochonin synthesis thus requiring known fragment As-1 and chiral fragment As-2 with either S or R stereochemistry. Fragment As-2 could be expediently accessed using the methodology developed by the Denmark group for the activation of mild Lewis acids with chiral Lewis bases. Salient features of this reaction are the extremely low catalyst loading (1 mol %) and excellent regioselectivity coupled to high enantiomeric excess obtained with vinylogous nucleophiles. From a practical standpoint, both enantiomers of the catalyst are commercially available. However, the required 2-buteneal substrate had not been previously reported with vinylogous nucleophiles and aliphatic acrylic aldehydes tend to be poor substrates. Reaction of vinylogous slilylenol ether As-3 with 2- buteneal and SiCl4 catalyzed by Denmark's catalyst afforded the desired compound As-4 as the only regioisomer in 45% yield (Scheme 8). The lower yield of the reaction for 2-buteneal had been previously noted with silyl enol ether. The alcohol group was then protected as TBS ether and the ester converted to the Weinreb amide under the action of the magnesium chloride salt of Weinreb amine in excellent yield. The R-As-2 stereoisomer was prepared starting with the (R,R)-As-5 catalyst and its enantiomer S-As-2 using the (S,S)-As-5 catalyst.
Scheme 8. Synthesis of key fragment As-2. a) As -3 (2.0 equiv), 2-butenal (1.0 equiv), As -5
(0.01 mol%), SiCl4 (1.1 equiv), CH2C12, -78 °C, 1 h, 45%; b) TBSC1 (1.5 equiv), Imidazole (1.5 equiv), DMF, 23 °C, 16 h, 89%.
Figure imgf000062_0001
As shown in Scheme 9, intermediates As-la and As-lb were individually treated with LDA to deprotonated the benzylic position and engaged in a reaction with either R-As-2 or S-As-2 to obtain the product As-6a and As-6b respectively in acceptable yield and consistent with previous use of this transformation. Notably, δ-elimination of the hyroxyl eher from the α,β conjugated system was not observed under the basic conditions of the reaction despite excess of LDA. Cyclization under the action of second generation Grubbs catalyst (Grubbs Π) for each permutation of isomer and aryl substituent of As-6 followed by a sulfonic acid catalyzed deprotection of the EOM with concomitant deprotection of the silyl ether afforded the two different distereosiomers of pochonin E (As-7b) and pochonin F (As-7a) respectively.
Surprisingly, the yield of the metathesis (48%-65%) was lower than in previous cases lacking the allylic substitution. It has been shown that conversion of pochonin D ketone to an oxime (pochoxime), particularly with 2-(aminooxy) piperidyl acetamide afford significant improvement in affinity to Hsp90 and cellular efficacy in promoting the depletion of Hsp90 client. For the preparation of the pochoxime analogs of pochonin E and F as well as their epimers,
intermediates As-6a and As-6b were condensed with 2-(aminooxy) piperidyl acetamide As-8 in pyridine to afford both epimers of products As-9a and As-9b respectively as a mixture of oxime geometries. Contrarily to the ketones As-6a and As-6b, oximes As-9 afforded excellent yield in the metathesis (75-95%). Global deprotection under the action of sulfonic acid resin afforded a separable mixture of E and Z oxime isomers of pochoxime E and F as well as their epimers (As-lOb and As- 10a respectively).
Scheme 9. Synthesis of pochonin E and F [As-7(6-S)], e/?/'-pochonin E and F [As-7(6-^)] and their conversion in to the corresponding pochoximes As-10. ) As-la or As-lb (1.0 equiv), R- As-2 or S-As-2 (0.9 equiv), LDA (2.2 equiv), -78 °C, 15 min, 52-75% b) Grubbs II (0.5 mol%), toluene (80 °C) or CH2C12 (reflux), 5-8 hours, 48-100% c) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), 23 °C, 16 hours, 47-57%; d) As-8 (6.0 equiv), pyridine, 45 °C, 48 hours, 53-75%.
Figure imgf000064_0001
b Grubbs-ll b. Grubbs-ll b. Grubbs-ll c. PS-SO3H c. PS-S03H c. PS-SO3H
Figure imgf000064_0002
Having access to pochonins E and F with both R and S stereochemistry at the C-6 hydroxy 1, the N R of the synthetic compounds were compared to the natural products (Table 2). In deuterated methanol, the most salient difference in the NMR of pochoxime E was the chemical shift of the proton of carbon 1. For the S-isomer, this proton was between the two alkenic protons of C-4 and C-5 while for the R isomer, it was slightly upfiled of the alkenic protons (Figure 3). Also notable are differences in chemical shifts between the both protons of C-l l . In the case of the S-isomer, they are sufficiently resolved to give the expected pair of doublets. In the case of the Λ-isomer, they are close and only give a hint of their splitting showing an apparent singlet. In the case of pochonin F which was reported in deuterated acetone, the distinction between the C-l proton is less pronounced but a similar difference between the C-l 1 protons are visible with the S-isomer having a larger difference in chemical shift between both protons. The N R comparison between both synthetic epimers at C-6 and the natural product leads to the conclusion that the natural compound has the R stereochemistry at C-6. Crystallization of the pochoxime isomer As-lOa (£-oxime isomer) emanating from the intermediate which yielded the pochonin F epimer afforded diffracting crystals (Figure 4) and clearly showed the R stereochemistry at C-6.
Scheme 10. Synthesis of aminopochoxime F and its derivatives, a) As-9a(6-5) (1 .0 equiv), Grubbs II (0.2 mol%), CH2C12, reflux, 8 hours, 87%; b) As-9a(6-5) (1.0 equiv), TBAF (5.0 equiv), THF, 23 °C, 3 h, 72%; c) As-ll(6-5) (1.0 equiv), MsCl (4.0 equiv), Et3N (5.0 equiv), CH2C12, 0 to 23 °C, 7 h; d) NaN3 (10 equiv), DMF, 23 °C, 24 h, 74% for two steps; e) Me3P (4.0 equiv), THF:H20 (5: 1), 23 °C, 5 h;/) PS-SO3H (10 equiv), 23 °C, 16 h, 62% for As-13 from As- 12, 52% for As-14 from As-12 and 64% for As-15 from As-12; g) (Ac)20 (5.0 equiv), /-Pr2EtN (5.0 equiv), CH2C12, 0 °C, 10 min; h) i. (C1CH2C0)20 (5.0 equiv), /-Pr2EtN (5.0 equiv), CH2C12, 0 °C, 10 min; ii. Tetra- tf-acetyl-l-S-aceryl-l -thio-P-D-glucopyranose (3.0 equiv), Na2CO;j (15
°C, 6 h.
Figure imgf000065_0001
In efforts to further explore modifications at the C-6 position of the pochoxime scaffold, the fully protected pochoxime obtained from the metathesis cyclization of As-9a was treated with TBAF to selectively remove the silyl group thus affording As-11. The hydroxyl group was converted to an azide in two steps (Ms-Cl; Na ) to obtain As-12 which was reduced to an amino group with Trimethylphosphine. Global deprotection of EOM groups with sulfonic acid resin thus afforded C-6 amino pochoxime As-13. Alternative strategies to convert the hydroxyl using palladium catalyzed π-ally chemistry via its acetylated or carbonated form where not productive. The key azide As-12, following a reduction to the amine, could also be derivatized as a chloroacetamide and conjugate to Ι -β-thioglucose to afford As-14. The same sequence using a simple acetylation afforded As-15. While the chemistry in Scheme 10 is shown starting with the S isomer As-9a, the same procedures were carried out with the R isomer thus affording products As-13 to As-15 as the S isomers at C-6. All the products were obtained as a mixtures of oxime geometries which were separated by chromatography.
We next measured the affinity of the pochoximes for human Hsp90a using a previously reported competition assay. In parallel, the impact on the conformational profile of
modifications at C-6 was evaluated for compound As-10 (6-5 and 6-R diastereoisomers with and without chlorine) and As-13 (6-S and 6-R diastereoisomers). Each molecule was simulated by molecular dynamics with the Merck molecular Force Field in the CHARMM program to analyze its conformation profile. As previously described this analysis led to the identification of three main conformations: an L-shape conformation, which is the bioactive conformation of radicicol and pochoxime derivatives (see Figure 5), an essentially planar (P-shape) conformation, and an L'-shape conformation that mainly differs from the L-shape one by the fact that the macrocycle is positioned on the opposite side of the aromatic cycle. The L'-shape conformer was found to be the energetically most favorable for all the studied molecules and was indeed observed in the crystal structure of compound As-10a-6i? (Figure 4). Depending on the molecule, the L-shape conformation was energetically disfavored by 0.8 to 2.7 kcal mol"1 (Table 2). In addition, each compound was docked in Hsp90 using Autodock 4, AutodockVina and the "Attracting cavities" algorithm of EADock, based on the Hsp90 conformation observed with co-crystals of Hsp90 with pochoxime A and B (pdb ID: 2INW and 3INX respectively). All programs were found to reproduce the experimental binding mode determined by X-ray crystallography for three test compounds (radicicol, and pochoxime A and B), illustrating the efficiency of these approaches. The "attracting cavities" approach of EADock predicted a binding mode similar to that of the 3INW ligand for the new pochoxime derivatives, thus adopting an L-shape conformer, whatever the starting conformation of the input molecule that was given to seed the docking process. These poses were confirmed by the Autodock 4 and AutodockVinaruns that were started using the L-shape conformers. Due to a sub-optimal exploration of the conformational space of the pochoxime macrocycles, the Autodock 4 and AutodockVina runs started from the P-shape conformers led to unbound poses exhibiting more unfavorable scores (data not shown). The binding affinities of the new pochoxime derivatives, in their calculated binding modes, were estimated using the approach previously described. Results are in good agreement with the experimentally determined affinities. As seen in table 2, it is clear that substitution at the C-6 position has a detrimental impact in terms of the energetic penalty incurred for adopting the bioactive conformation. In this respect, it is interesting to note that the conformation of the macrocycle obtained from the crystallographic structure of As-10a-6R is not the bioactive conformation. The most pronounced energetic penalty observed is for the amino group at the C- 6 in the R-stereochemisty. The fact that the amino group is protonated a physiological pH make this substituent more sterically demanding than the corresponding hydroxyl and results in the largest calculated energetic penalty (2.68 kcal/mol) within this series. Correspondingly, this compound has the worst affinity for Hsp90 (229 nM compared to 38 nM for the corresponding hydroxyl substitute analog). Substitution of the C-6 amino group with the glycan (As-14) is tolerated, preferably with the S stereochemistry (32 nM vs 90 nM for the R isomer) which minimized the energetic penalty of adopting the bioactive conformation. Docking of pochoxime F and its C-6 epimer in Hsp90 shows that, in the R stereochemistry (pochoxime F), the hydroxyl group is pointing towards the solvent however, in the S-stereochemsitry (e/w'-pochoxime F), it is within hydrogen-bond distance from the aspartic acid residue (Figure 5). This interaction could rationalize the fact that this isomer of pochoxime F is the most potent in the series (14 nM). Similarly, it is interesting to note that the ejo/'-aminopochoxime E has significantly better affinity to Hsp90 than aminopochoxime E and should also benefit from this additional interaction with Hsp90's Asp54.
Table 2. Comparison of 'PI NMR data for the different C-6 configurations corresponding to pochonin E and F.
As-7a(6/¾> As-7a(6S
Figure imgf000068_0001
natural 11
in 6
-d -d4 -d4 -d6 -d6 -d6
1 1.19 d(6.4) 1.19 d(6.4) 1.19 d (6.4) 1.28 d(6.7) 1.28 d (6.5) 1.30 d(6.7)
2 5.20 m 5.20 m 5.25 m 5.38 m 5.38 m 5.31 m
3 2.47 ddd (14.3, 7.6, 3.7) 2.47 ddd (14.3, 7.5, 3.6) 2.47 ddd (12.2, 9.8, 3.8) 2.65 ddd (14.0, 7.9, 4.3) 2.65 ddd (14.1, 7.8, 4.3) 2.68 ddd (14.1, 9.6, 3.9)
2.16 ddd (14.3, 7.6, 5.5) 2.16 ddd (14.3, 7.5, 5.6) 2.21 ddd (12.2, 5.2, 1.4) 2.24 ddd (14.0, 7.9, 4.3) 2.24 ddd (14.1, 7.8, 4.3) 2.29 ddd (14.1, 5.2, 3.7)
4 5.38 dt (15.3, 7.6) 5.38 dt(15.2, 7.5) 5.38 ddd (15.1, 9.8, 5.2) 5.52 dt (15.3, 7.9) 5.52 dt(15.3, 8.1) 5.49 ddd (15.2, 9.6, 5.2)
5 5.23 dd(15.3, 6.1) 5.24 dd(15.2, 6.0) 5.09 dd (15.1, 7.9) 5.37 m 5.37 m 5.27 m
6 4.24 m 4.23 m 4.09 m 4.41 m 4.40 m 4.25 m
7 2.36 ddd (12.8, 7.3, 3.4) 2.36 ddd (12.8, 7.3, 3.6) 2.44 m 2.48 ddd (14.0, 7.3, 4.9) 2.48 ddd(12.8, 7.3, .0) 2.50 m
2.25 dt (12.8, 7.3) 2.25 dt(12.8, 7.3) 2.00 dt (11.7.10.1) 2.34 dt(14.0, 8.5) 2.34 dt(12.8, 8.4) 2.13 dt (12.2, 9.2)
8 6.69 dt (15.9, 7.3) 6.69 dt(15.9, 7.3) 6.61 ddd (15.8, 0.1,6.04) 6.73 ddd (15.9, 8.5, 7.3) 6.73 ddd (15.9, 8.5, 7.3) 6.66 ddd (15.7, 9.2, 6.6)
9 5.80 d(15.9) 5.80 d(15.9) 5.74 d(15.8) 5.89 d (15.9) 5.88 d(15.9) 5.85 d(15.7)
11 4.14 d(17.7) 4.17 d( .6) 4.08 d(17.8) 4.04 d (16.5) 4.04 d(16.8) 4.13 d (16.9)
4.10 d(17.7) 4.09 d(17.6) 3.91 d(17.8) 3.98 d(16.5) 3.98 d(16.8) 3.70 d (16.9)
15 6.35 s 6.37 s 6.39 s 6.31 d (2.4) 6.30 d (2.4) 6.31 d(2.4)
Table 3. Calculated free energetic penalty to adopt the bioactive conformation, predicted KD and measure KD.
Figure imgf000069_0001
The concise synthesis presented herein afforded rapid access to pochonin E and F as well as their epimers at the allylic hydroxyl group (C-6). Comparison between the reported proton NMR data of the natural products and the synthetic compounds clearly established the stereochemistry of the hydroxyl group to be the R-isomer. Furthermore, the described chemistry enabled further exploration into the structure activity relationship of this pharmacophore for Hsp90 inhibition, an important therapeutic target. Despite an unfavorable conformational bias imposed by modifications at C-6, ^/-pochoxime F (As-lOa) stands as the most potent Hsp90 ligand in the pochoxime series (14 nM), which may be rationalized by the formation of a productive hydrogen bond to an aspartic acid residue in Hsp90. Finally, the pochoxime-glucose conjugate As-14(6-5) was shown to be a potent Hsp90 ligand (32 nM) and may be useful to direct the inhibitor to metabolically demanding malignant cells by an active uptake mechanism. General Techniques. All reactions were carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere with dry solvents under anhydrous conditions, unless otherwise noted. Anhydrous solvents were obtained by passing them through commercially available alumina columns (Innovative technology, Inc., MA). Reactions were monitored by LC-MS or thin layer chromatography (TLC) carried out on 0.25 mm E. Merck silica gel plates (60F-254) using UV light as visualizing agent and 10% ethanolic phosphomolybdic acid or vanillin solution and heat as developing agents. E. Merck silica gel (60, particle size 0.040-0.063 mm) was used for flash column chromatography. NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker Advance-400 instrument at 400 (Ή), 100 (!3C) MHz. Chemical shifts are given in parts per million (ppm) and calibrated using residual undeuterated solvent as an internal reference. The following abbreviations were used to explain the multiplicities: s = singlet, d = doublet, dd = doublet of doublets, t = triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, b = broad. LC-MS were recorded using an Agilent 1100 HPLC. Unless otherwise stated, a Supelco C8 (5 cm x 4.6mm, 5 mm particles) column was used with a linear elution gradient from 95% ¾0 (0.5% HC02H) to 100% MeCN in 8 minutes at a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. (5,5)-Denmark catalyst: (S,5)-N,N-Bis[4,5-dihydro-3,5-dimethyl-4-(3H-dinaphtho[2,l-d: l',2'-f][l ,3,2]-2-oxo- diazaphosphepino)]-N,N'-dimethyl-l,5-pentanediamine, DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide, Grubbs II = benzylidene[l, 3 - bis (2, 4, 6 - trimethylphenyl) - 2 - imidazolidinylidene] dichloro (tricyclohexylphosphine) ruthenium, PS-SO3H = sulfonic acid polystyrene, TBAI = tetrabutylammonium iodide, TBS = /-Butyl dimethylsilyl, TBSC1: f-Butyl dimethylsilyl chloride, TFA = trifluoroacetic acid, THF = tetrahydrofuran.
Figure imgf000070_0001
R-As-4
Synthesis of the enantiomerically pure aldol adduct JR-As-4.
A flame dried 25 ml two necked round bottomed flask, was charged with (R, ?)-Denmark catalyst (8.4 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.01%), crotonaldehyde (84 μΐ, 1.0 mmol, 1.0 equiv), and 5.0 mL of dry CH2CI2 under nitrogen atmosphere. This solution was cooled down to -78 °C with a dry ice- acetone bath. After 5 minutes of stirring SiCU (123 μΐ, 1.1 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added dropwise, and the solution was stirred for additional 5 minutes. To this solution was added neat silylketene acetal As-3 (293 mg, 1.2 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in a dropwise manner over 5 minutes period. After 3 hours, Et3 (459 μΐ, 3.3 mmol, 3.3 equiv) in 2.0 ml of dry methanol was added by cannula at -78 °C, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature, then quenched with saturated NH4Claq solution (10 mL), and kept stirring for an additional hour. The mixture was then extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried with Na2S04. Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) afforded the desired compound Λ-As- 4 as a yellow oil in 45% yield (86 mg). R/ = 0.18 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J = 15.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H); 6.46 (dd, J = 15.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 5.76 (m, 1H); 5.56 (m, 1H); 4.25-4.1 1 (m, 3H); 2.46-2.43 (m, 2H); 1.73 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm; OH signal is missing. 13C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.3, 144.7, 132.9, 127.7, 123.8, 71.51 , 60.2, 40.1, 17.6, 14.2 ppm.
Figure imgf000071_0001
TBS- /?-As-4
Synthesis of protected aldol adduct TBS-. ?-As-4. To the solution of the aldol adduct /?-As-4 (163 mg, 0.814 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry DMF (5.0 mL), was added imidazole (72 mg, 1.053 mmol, 1.3 equiv) at room temperature. After 5 minutes of stirring TBSCl (147.2 mg, 0.976 mmol, 1.2 equiv) was added and stirred for 16 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give the protected alcohol TBS- ?-As-4 in 89% yield (216 mg). R/ = 0.82 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J= 15.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H); 6.46 (dd, J = 15.0, 1H); 5.76 (m, 1H); 5.56 (m, 1H); 4.25-4.1 1 (m, 3H); 2.46-2.43 (m, 2H); 1.73 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); 0.91 (s, 9H); 0.06 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 6H) ppm; 13C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 25 °C δ = 166.4, 145.7, 133.7, 125.8, 123.1 , 72.5, 60.1 , 41.4, 25.8 (x 3), 25.6, 17.5, 14.2, -4.3, -4.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Synthesis of Weinreb amide J-As-2. To a solution of the protected alcohol TBS-.R-AS-4 (215 mg, 0.688 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry THF (8.0 mL), Ν,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride salt (100 mg, 1 .032 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added and the suspension was then cooled to -20 °C with a NaCI-ice bath. To the reaction mixture was then added dropwise z'-PrMgCi (1.376 mL, 2.752 mmol, 4.0 equiv) and the reaction was stirred for 10 minutes prior to be quenched with saturated NH-tCUq solution (10 mL). Then, the mixture was extracted with pentane (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), and dried over anhydrous Na2S0 . After filtration and evaporation of the solvents, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give the Weinreb amide i?-As-2 as a yellow oil in 93% yield (200 mg). R/= 0.34 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J = 15.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H); 6.46 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H); 5.65 (m, 1H); 5.49 (m, 1H); 4.22-4.1 81 (m, 1 H); 3.71 (s, 3H); 3.26 (s, 3H); 2.49-2.38 (m, 2H); 1.70 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H); 0.91 (s, 9H); 0.067 (d, / = 8.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.7, 144.1, 133.8, 125.7, 120.6, 77.2, 72.6, 61.6, 41.8, 32.3, 25.9, 18.1, 17.5, -4.3, -4.7 ppm.
Figure imgf000072_0002
As-6a(6-R) Synthesis of the acylated compound As-6a(6-/?): A solution of ester As-la (79 mg, 0.224 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in anhydrous THF (1 .5 mL) at -78 °C was treated with freshly prepared LDA (0.352 M, 0.352 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via cannula. After 25 minutes, a solution of Weinreb amide R- As-2 (45 mg, 0.144 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was added by syringe. The resulting mixture was then stirred for 20 minutes and the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ΝΗ4<¾ solution. Upon warming to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give As-6a(6-i?) as a yellow oil in 52% yield (43 mg). Rf = 0.48 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.93-6.86 (m, 1H); 6.84 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.56 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H); 6.21 (d, 7 = 16 Hz, 1H); 5.90-5.80 (m, 1H); 5.64- 5.55 (m, 1H); 5.45 (dd, J = 15.2, 6.4 Hz, 1H); 5.22 (s, 2H); 5.21 (s, 2H); 5.19-5.08 (m, 3H); 4.20-4.15 (m, 1 H); 3.94 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H); 3.86 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H); 3.75-3.71 (m, 4H); 2.49- 2.31 (m, 4H); 1.70 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 3H); 1.32-1.21 (m, 6H); 0.90 (s, 9H); 0.05 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 6H) ppm. I3C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) 5 = 195.8, 167.1, 159.1 , 156.3, 144.4, 134.9, 133.9, 133.7, 131.1 , 126.0, 1 18.7, 1 17.6, 1 1 1.2, 102.5, 93.5, 93.0, 72.5, 71.0, 64.3, 53.4, 45.3, 41.7, 40.2, 29.7, 25.8 (x 3), 19.4, 18.2, 17.5, 15.1 , -4.26, -4.78 ppm.
Figure imgf000073_0001
As-6a(6-R)l
Synthesis of Compound As-6a(6-/?)I: To a solution of As-6a(6-/i) (140 mg, 0.231 mmol, 1 .0 equiv) in toluene (10.0 mL) was degassed for 20 minutes and heated to 80 °C. Grubb's II catalyst (10.0 mg, 11 μηιοΐ, 0.05 equiv) was added and stirred at 80 °C for 5 hours. After cooling down to 23 °C, the reaction was treated with DMSO (57 μί, 60 equiv to catalyst) for 12 hours. The mixture was then passed through silica pad, and washed with petroleum ether/EtOAc 1 : 1 and then 1 :2. The combined filtrate were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to afford As-6a(6- ?)I in 65% yield (84 mg) R = 0.28 (80/20 petroleum ether EtOAc) Ή (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) <? = 6.71 (s, 1H), 6.54-6.49 (m, 2H), 5.92 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.41 -5.28 (m, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 5.13-5.12 (m, 3H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 1 H); 3.96 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.46 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.40-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.37 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.13 (m, 6H), 0.81 (s, 9H), -0.00 (s, 3H), - 0.02 (s, 3H) ppm. 1 C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 25 °C) 197.5, 167.7, 159.1 , 156.2, 145.7, 136.1 , 134.9, 131.2, 127.7, 1 18.3, 109.5, 102.2, 93.4, 93.0, 73.1 , 71.1, 64.5, 64.4, 44.2, 40.9, 39.4, 25.8 (x 3), 20.2, 18.1 , 15.0 (x 2), -4.37, -4.75 ppm.
Figure imgf000074_0001
As-7a(6-R) Synthesis of As-7a(6- .). To a solution of As-6a(6- ?)I (10.0 mg, 0.017 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in isopropanol (1.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (33.6 mg, 0.102 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and the suspension was heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep. TLC to afford As-7a(6-7?) in a 55 % yield (3.1 mg) R7 = 0.22 (60/40 EtOAc/petroleum ether) Ή (CDC13) 400 MHz, 23 °C) = 1 1.2 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 6.65-6.57 (m, 1H), 6.19-6.17 (m, 2H), 5.77 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.43- 5.36 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.21 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.28 (m, 1H), 3.92 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, / = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 2.53 (ddd, j = 1 1.6, 7.2, 4 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.22 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.16 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm, one OH signal is not visible. 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) S= 196.7, 176.0, 165.8, 163.0, 144.9, 141.2, 137.6, 132.5, 125.1 , 1 13.2, 106.6, 102.7, 72.8, 72.1 , 48.3, 40.7, 37.1, 18.6 ppm.
General procedure for the synthesis of hydroxyl amine As-8:
Figure imgf000074_0002
Synthesis of compound I: To a solution of piperidine (51.9 ml, 525 mmol, 2.1 equiv) in THF (1000 mL) was added chloroacetic chloride (19.9 ml, 250 mmol, 1.0 equiv) slowly at 0 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was allowed to warm to 23 °C, and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was extracted with EA (2 x 500 ml) from sat. NH4C1 solution, the combined organic layer was washed by brine (300 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04. After filtration and evaporation under reduced pressure, the crude product (36.4g, 90%) obtained was used directly for the next step without further purification. Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.54 (t, 7= 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.43 (t, J= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.51 (m, 2H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCb, 100 MHz, 25 °C) 164.9, 47.5, 43.4, 41.3, 26.4, 25.5, 24.4 ppm.
Figure imgf000075_0001
Synthesis of compound II: To the suspension of N-hydroxyphthalimide (44.0 g, 270 mmol, 1.2 equiv) in DMF (600 mL), K2CO3 (46.6 g, 337 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added in portion, which formed a large amount of solid. Then solution of I (36.4 g, 225 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in DMF (50 mL) was added by syringe. The reaction was heated to 60-65 °C for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the residue obtained underwent extraction from CH2C12 and sat. NH4CI solution, the combined organic layer was washed by brine, dried over Na2SC>4. The desired product precipitated during the evaporation, after filtration, gave II as the white solid in 70% yield. Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 7.86-7.71 (m, 4H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 3.63 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 1.74-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.65-1.57 (m, 2H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) 164.0, 163.0 (x 2), 134.7 (x 2), 128.8 (x 2), 123.7 (x 2), 75.9, 46.9, 43.1 , 26.3, 25.3, 24.5 ppm.
Synthesis of hydroxy! amine As-8
Figure imgf000076_0001
To the suspension of II (38.9 g, 135 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in MeOH (270 mL) was added MeNHNH2 (7.55 mL, 142 mmol, 1.05 equiv) by syringe at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to warm to 23 °C and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, water (150 mL) was added and the solid filtered. After removal of water, the crude product was redissolved in MeOH (150 mL), concentrated HC1 (25.0 ml, 12 mmol/mL, 2.0 equiv) was added dropwise at 0 °C. After stirring for 1 hour, the solvent was evaporated and the residue obtained was recrystalized from MeOH and ether to give the white solid in 73% yield (20.2 g). Ή NMR (CDC , 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 4.89 (bs, 4H), 3.60 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.34 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 1.77-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.68- 1.56 (m, 4H) ppm. , 3C NMR (CD3OD, 100 MHz, 25 °C) 167.4, 71.5, 46.6, 44.0, 27.3, 26.6, 25.3 ppm.
Figure imgf000076_0002
Synthesis of the oxime As-9a(6-.ft). To a stirred solution of As-6a(6-l?) (53 mg, 0.090 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in pyridine (3.0 mL), at 45 °C under N2, was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride As- 8 (53 mg, 0.270 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in two portions over 48 hours. After that time the pyridine was evaporated and then the residue was dissolved in CH2C12 (30 mL), washed with saturated NH4Claq (10.0 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient from 60/40 to 50/50, petroleum ether/EtOAc), afforded the desired compound As-9a(6-i?) (colorless oil) in 75% yield (50 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in a 1 : 1 ratio. R( = 0.36 (50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13> 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.79-6.75 (m, 3H); 6.56 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H); 6.44 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H); 6.19-6.12 (m, 2H); 6.07-6.00 (m, 1H); 5.91 -5.81 (m, 2H); 5.26- 5.21 (m, 6H); 5.21-5.12 (m, 12H); 4.78 (s, 2H); 4.75 (s, 2H); 4.06-4.01 (m, 2H); 3.88 (s, 4H); 3.76-3.66 (m, 8H); 3.60-3.54 (m, 4H); 3.45 (m, 2H); 3.31-3.29 (m, 2H); 2.42-2.21 (m, 8H); 1.63- 1.44 (m, 20H); 1.37- 1.34 (m, 6H); 1.26-1.20 (m, 12H); 0.85 (s, 18H); -0.02 (m, 12H) ppm. C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 167.28, 167.24, 167.0, 166.7, 159.1, 158.8, 157.2, 155.55, 155.51 , 154.5, 138.2, 137.6, 136.1 , 134.2, 133.9, 133.8, 133.77, 133.75, 128.1 , 125.4, 120.5 (x 2), 1 18.4, 1 18.3, 1 17.8, 1 17.7, 109.3, 109.03, 101 .5, 101.4, 93.4 (x 2), 93.2, 93.1, 73.2, 73.0, 72.9, 72.5, 71.0 (x 2), 64.3 (x 2), 64.2 (x 2), 46.1, 46.0, 42.9, 42.7, 42.4 (x 2), 40.2 (x 2), 34.1 (x 2), 28.0 (x 2), 26.4, 26.3, 25.5 (x 3), 25.4 (x 3), 24.6, 24.5, 19.6, 19.5, 18.2, 18.1, 17.5, 17.3, 15.1 (x 2), 15.0 (x 2), -4.38, -4.40, -4.81 (x 2) ppm.
Figure imgf000077_0001
Synthesis of the protected pochoxime As-9a(6-jR)I: A solution of As-9a(6-/?) (9.40 g, 12.8 mmol) in toluene (450 mL) was degassed for 20 min under nitrogen atmosphere and then heated to 80°C. Grubbs' II catalyst (545 mg, 0.64 mmol, 0.05 equiv) was added and stirred at 80 °C for 5 hours. After cooling down to 23 °C, the reaction was treated with DMSO (3.0 mL, 60 equiv to catalyst) for 24 hours. The mixture was passed through silica pad, and washed first with petroleum ether/EtOAc 50/50, and then 1/2. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (petroleum ether/EtOAc, 75/25) to afford As-9a(6-/?)I (9.0 g, quantitative) as a mixture of E!Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Ή NMR (CDC , 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 6.78 (d, J =17.6 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (s, J = 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.69 (d, 7 =1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, 7*1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (d, 7=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.08 (d, 7 =16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.79- 5.70 (m, 2H), 5.36-5.34 (m, 4H), 5.18-5.05 (m, 10H), 4.80 (s x 2, 4H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 4H), 3.72- 3.66 (m, 12H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.49 (m, 2H); 3.43-3.38 (m, 4H), 2.45-2.13 (m, 8H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 12H), 1.41 (d x 2, 7=6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.23-1.17 (m, 12H), 0.84 (2 x s, 18H), 0.01 (s x 2, 6H), -0.01 (s x 2, 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000078_0001
Synthesis of pochoxime As-10a(6- ?)I: A solution of As-9a(6-i?)I (140 mg, 0.2 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) was treated with a solution of TBAF in THF (0.3 mL, 1M in THF, 1.5 equiv) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to reach room temperature and was stirred for 3 hours. Then the mixture was extracted from sat. NH4Claq solution with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL), washed with brine (15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated. Purificaton by flash chromatography column (EtOAc) afforded the corresponding TBS deprotected alcohol in 88% yield (104 mg). To a solution of this compound (100 mg) were added 10 equiv of sulfonic acid polystyrene resin (sulfonic acid resin MP, 70-90 mesh, 3.0 mmol/g, Novabiochem, 01 -64-0432) and the suspension was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The mixture was then filtered, and passed through a pad of silica gel. The two isomers were separated on an HPLC (20-80% CH3CN in Water gradient in 50 min, flow: 2 mL/min, DiscoveryR HS CI 8, 5μηι, 5 cm x 10.0 mm). Ή (Z-isomer, CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 10.4 (s, 1H), 6.67 (d, 7= 14.3 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, 7 = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, 7= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.90-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.66 (dt, 7= 16.0, 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.54- 5.39 (m, 2H), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.82 (d, 7= 14.6 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.46 (d, 7= 2.4 Hz, 3H) ppm, 2 OH signals are not visible. Ή (E-isomer, CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ 6.98 (d, 7= 2.49 Hz, 1H), 6.30 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, IH), 5.95 (d, J= 16.1 Hz, IH), 5.85-5.77 (m, IH), 5.67 (dt, J= 16.0, 7.9 Hz, IH), 5.32-5.43 (m, 2H), 4.79 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 3.82 (d, J = 14.6 Hz, IH), 3.56- 3.51 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.38 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.29 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.56 (m, 6H), 1.46 = 2.4 Hz, 3H) ppm, 3 OH signals are not visible.
Figure imgf000079_0001
S-As-4
Synthesis of the enantiomerically pure aldol adduct 5-As-4. A flame dried 25 mL two necked round bottomed flask, was charged with (S,S)-Denmark catalyst (8.5 mg, 0.01 mmol, 0.01%), crotonaldehyde (85 μΐ, 1.0 mmol, 1.0 equiv), TBAI (73 mg, 0.2 mmol, 20%) and 5.0 mL of dry CH2CI2. This solution was cooled down to -78 °C with a dry ice-acetone bath. After 5 minutes of stirring SiCU (123 μΐ, 1.1 mmol, 1.1 equiv) was added dropwise, and the solution was stirred for additional 5 minutes. To this solution, neat silylketene acetal As-3 (458 mg, 2.0 mmol, 2.0 equiv) was added in a dropwise manner over 5 minutes period. After 30 minutes, Γ¾Ν (459 μΐ, 3.3 mmol. 3.3 equiv) in 2.0 mL of dry methanol was added by canula at -78 °C, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, then quenched with saturated NH4Claq (10 mL), and kept stirred for one hour more. The mixture was then extracted with CH2CI2 (3 x 30 mL) and the combined organic phase were dried with Na2S04. Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) afforded the desired compound S-As-4 as a ySellow oil in 52% yield (103 mg). R/ = 0.18 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J = 15.0, 7.2 Hz, IH); 6.46 (dd, / = 15.0, 1.6 Hz, IH); 5.76 (m, IH); 5.56 (m, IH); 4.25-4.1 1 (m, 3H); 2.46-2.43 (m, 2H); 1.73 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm, OH signal is not visible. l3C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.3, 144.7, 132.9, 127.7, 123.8, 71.5, 60.2, 40.1 , 17.6, 14.2 ppm.
Figure imgf000079_0002
TBS- S-As-4 Synthesis of protected aldol adduct TBS-S-As^. To a solution of S-As-4 (173.5 mg, 0.867 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry DMF (5.0 mL), was added imidazole (94.45 mg, 1.387 mmol, 1.5 equiv) at room temperature. After 5 minutes of stirring TBSCI (196 mg, 1.3 mmol, 1.3 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 16 hours. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give TBS-^-As-4 in 97% yield (252 mg). Rf = 0.82 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC , 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J= 15.0, 7.2 Hz, 1H); 6.46 (dd, J = 15.0 Hz, 1H); 5.76 (m, 1H); 5.56 (m, 1H); 4.25-4.1 1 (m, 3H); 2.46-2.43 (m, 2H); 1.73 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.32 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); 0.91 (s, 9H); 0.06 (d, 7 = 7.6 Hz, 6H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCb, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.4, 145.7, 133.7, 125.8, 123.1, 72.5, 60.1 , 41.4, 25.7, 18.1, 17.5, 14.2, -2.9, -4.3, -4.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000080_0001
S-As-2 Synthesis of Weinreb amide S-As-2. To a solution of TBS-S-As-2 (252 mg, 0.846 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in dry THF (5,0 mL), was added Ν,Ο-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride salt (123.7 mg, 1.268 mmol, 1.5 equiv) this suspension was then cooled to -20 °C with a NaCl-ice bath. To the reaction mixture was then added dropwise -PrMgCl (1.692 mL, 3.384 mmol, 4.0 equiv) and the reaction was stirred for 10 minutes prior to quench with saturated NrLtClaq (10 mL). Then, the reaction was extracted with pentane (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), and dried over anhydrous Na2S04. After filtration and evaporation of the volatiles, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80/20 petroleum ether EtOAc) to give the weinreb amide S-As-2 as a yellow oil in 82% yield (216 mg). R/= 0.34 (80/20 petroleum ether EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCb, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.99 (dt, J = 15.2, 7.2 Hz, 1H); 6.46 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H); 5.65 (m, 1H); 5.49 (m, 1H); 4.22-4.181 (m, 1H); 3.71 (s, 3H); 3.26 (s, 3H); 2.49-2.38 (m, 2H); 1.70 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H); 0.91 (s, 9H); 0.07 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 6H) ppm. , 3C NMR (CDCb, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.7, 144.1, 133.8, 125.7, 120.6, 77.2, 72.6, 61.6, 41.8, 32.3, 25.9, 18.1, 17.5, -4.3, -4.7 ppm.
Figure imgf000081_0001
As-6a(6-S)
Synthesis of compound As-6a(6-5 . A solution of ester As-la (84 mg, 0.234 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in anhydrous THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was treated with freshly prepared LDA (0.352 M, 0.352 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via canula. After 30 minutes, a solution of Weinreb amide S-As-2 (50 mg, 0.160 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was added by syringe. The resulting mixture was then stirred for 25 minutes and the reaction was quenched by addition of sat. NH Claq solution. Upon warming to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x30 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (90: 10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give As-6a(6-S) as a yellow oil in 69% yield (64.5 mg). Rf = 0.48 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) 6 = 6.93-6.84 (m, 2H); 6.52 (s, 1H); 6.21 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H); 5.9-5.8 (m, 1H); 5.6-5.4 (m, 1H); 5.4-5.3 (m, 1H); 5.3 (s, 4H); 5.3- 5.1 (m, 3H); 4.2-4.1 (m, 1H); 3.9-3.7 (m, 2H); 3.8-3.7 (m, 4H); 2.5-2.3 (m, 4H); 1.7 (d, / = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.32-1.19 (m, 10H); 0.89 (s, 9H); 0.05 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 6H) ppm.l 3C NMR (CDCh, 100 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 195.8, 167.1 , 159.0, 156.3, 144.5, 134.9, 133.9, 133.8, 133.6, 131.1, 125.9, 1 17.5, 1 1 1.2, 102.5, 93.5, 93.0, 72.5, 71.0, 64.4, 64.3, 45.3, 41.7, 40.2, 25.8, 19.4, 18.1, 17.5, 15.1 , 15.0, 14.9, -4.30, -4.34, -4.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000081_0002
As-6a(6-S)l
Synthesis of Compound As-6a(6-S)I :A solution of As-6a(6-S) (28.4 mg, 0.048 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in toluene (1.0 mL) was degassed for 20 min and heated to 80 °C. Grubb's II catalyst (2.0 mg, 24 Dmol, 0.05 equiv) was added and stirred at 80 °C for 5 hours. After cooling down to 23 °C, the reaction was treated with DMSO ( 1 1 uL, 60 equiv to catalyst) for 24 hours. The mixture was passed through silica pad, and washed with 50/50 petroleum ether EtOAc and then 25/75. The combined filtrate were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether EtOAc) to afford As-6a(6-£)I in 44.4% yield (10.2 mg). R = 0.28 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) Ή (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.77 (s, 1H), 6.76-6.72 (m, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 5.96 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.66-5.61 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.42 (m, 1H), 5.23-5.19 (m, 5H), 4.38-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.51 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 4H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H), 1.28-1.21 (m, 6H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 6H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCb, 100 MHz, 25 °C) <5 = 197.5, 167.7, 159.1 , 156.2, 145.7, 136.1, 134.9, 131.2, 127.7, 118.3, 109.5, 102.2, 93.4, 93.0, 73.1, 71.1, 64.5, 64.4, 44.2, 40.9, 39.4, 25.8 (x 3), 20.2, 18.1 , 15.0 (x 2), -4.37, -4.75 ppm.
Figure imgf000082_0001
As-7a(6-S) Synthesis of As-7a(6-S . To a solution of As-6a(6-S)I (12.2 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in isopropanol (1.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (41 mg, 0.126 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and the suspension was heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep. TLC to afford As-7a(6-5) in 57% yield (5.1 mg,) R/ = 0.24 (40/60 petroleum ether/EtOAc)Ή (CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) 3= 1 1.4 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 6.58-6.50 (m, 1H), 6.21-6.19 (m, 2H), 5.73 (d, 7 = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.39-5.33 (m, 1H), 5.21 -5.13 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.01 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (d, J = 16.8 Hz, 1H), 2.60-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.21 -2.18 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.18 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. ,3C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 196.6, 171.2, 166.4, 163.2, 144.3, 141.2, 137.6, 131.7, 125.7, 1 13.1, 106.3, 102.9, 73.2, 72.5, 49.0, 40.8, 37.1 , 18.2 ppm.
Figure imgf000083_0001
Synthesis of the open chain oxime As-9a(6-S). To a stirred solution of the As-6a(6-S) (64 mg, 0.108 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in pyridine (5.0 mL), at 45 °C under N2, was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride As-8 (64 mg, 0.233 mmol, 2.0 equiv) in two portions over 24 hours. After evaporation of the pyridine, the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (30 mL), washed with sat. NH4Claq (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2S0 . Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient from 60/40 to 50/50, petroleum ether EtOAc) afforded the desired compound As-9a(6-S') (colorless oil) in 75% yield (56 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Rf = 0.36 (50/50 petroleum ether /EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.79-6.78 (m, 3H); 6.55 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H); 6.44 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H); 6.19-6.1 1 (m, 2H); 6.07-5.09 (m, 1H); 5.91-5.81 (m, 2H); 5.50-5.23 (m, 6H); 5.21-5.10 (m, 1 1H); 4.78 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 4H); 4.06-4.01 (m, 2H); 3.9-3.82 (m, 4H); 3.76- 3.66 (m, 8H); 3.60-3.53 (m, 4H); 3.45-3.43 (m, 2H); 3.31-3.29 (m, 2H); 2.53-2.23 (m, 8H); 1.63- 1.44 (m, 20H); 1.37-1.20 (m, 18H); 0.85 (s, 18H); -0.01-0.03 (m, 12H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 167.2, 166.9, 166.7 (x 2), 159.1, 158.8, 157.2, 155.5, 154.5, 154.2, 138.2, 137.6, 136.1, 134.1, 133.9, 133.8, 133.75, 133.72, 128.1, 125.4, 120.5 (x 2), 117.75, 1 17.7, 109.3, 109.0, 101.5, 101.4, 93.4 (x 2), 93.2, 93.1 , 73.2, 72.9, 72.8, 72.5, 71.0, 70.9, 64.3 (x 2), 64.2 (x 2), 46.0, 45.9, 42.9, 42.8, 42.7, 42.3, 40.2 (x 2), 34.1 (x 2), 27.9 (x 2), 26.4, 26.3, 25.8 (x 3), 25.7(x 3), 25.5, 25.4, 24.54, 24.5, 19.6, 19.5, 18.2, 18.1 , 17.5, 17.4, 15.1 (x 2), 15.0 (x 2), - 4.3, -4.4, -4.8 (x 2) ppm.
Figure imgf000084_0001
Synthesis of the protected pochoxime As-9a(6-5)I : A solution of the open chain oximes As- 9a(6-.S) (50 mg, 0.067 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in anhydrous CH2CI2 (7.0 mL), under a steam of N2, was heated to reflux. To this solution was added Grubbs II catalyst (0.2 mol %, 1 1 .4 mg) in 1.0 mL of CH2CI2, and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hours. After the solution was cooled to room temperature and then was filtered over a pad of celite to remove the catalyst. After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc), to afford the desired compound As-9a(6-S)I (colorless oil) in 83% yield (39 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Rf = 0.31 (60/40 EtOAc/petroleum ether); Ή NMR (CDC13) 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.73-6.69 (m, 4H); 6.06 (bs, 1 H); 6.12-6.07 (m, 1H); 6.05-5.99 (m, 2H); 5.67-5.60 (m, 2H); 5.48 (bs, 1H); 5.44 (bs, 1H); 5.23 (bs, 8H); 4.86 (d, J = 13.6 Hz, 2H); 4.81 (d, J= 13.6 Hz, 2H); 4.36-4.32 (m, 2H); 3.75-3.70 (m, 8H); 3.65-3.56 (m, 4H); 3.48-3.38 (m, 4H); 2.46-2.24 (m, 8H); 1.67-1.59 (m, 12H); 1.46 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H); 1.30-1.20 (m, 20H); 0.88 (s, 18H); 0.042 (s, 12H) ppm.
Figure imgf000084_0002
Synthesis of pochoxime As-10a(6--?) To a solution of As-9a(6-5)I (20.0 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in methanol (2.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (1 1 1 mg, 0.34 mmol, 10 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and heated at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by HPLC (20-80% CH3CN in Water gradient in 50 min, flow: 2 mL/min, DiscoveryR HS CI 8, 5μπι, 5 cm x 10.0 mm) to afford pochoximes As- 10a(6-S) (Z-isomer: 2.4 mg; E-isomer: 2.8 mg). Ή NMR (Z-isomer, MeOD-d4, 400 MHz) δ = 6.70 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, IH), 6.28 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 6.15 (d, / = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.13-6.04 (m, IH), 5.71 -5.64 (m, 1 H), 5.64 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 5.33-5.27 (m, 1 H), 4.79 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.14-4.13 (m, I H), 4.02 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 3H), 2.64-2.57 (m, I H), 2.40-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.18 (m, IH), 1.66-1.58 (m, 6H), 1.43 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm. ,3C NMR (MeOD-d4, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 170.0, 169.7, 162.4, 157.2, 142.0, 140.0, 136.8, 126.9, 121.0, 108.9, 102.3, 72.8, 72.6, 72.4, 64.7, 47.2, 44.2, 40.5, 39.2, 35.2, 27.4, 26.7, 25.4, 25.2, 19.6 ppm. Ή NMR (E-isomer, CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.22 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.19(d, J = 2.0 Hz, IH), 6.15 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, IH), 6.05-5.99 (m, IH), 5.91 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, IH), 5.71 -5.65 (m, IH), 5.46 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.4 Hz, I H), 5.35-5.31 (m, IH), 4.35 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, IH), 4.16-4.15 (m, IH), 3.83 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, IH), 3.61-3.51 (m, 4H), 2.68-2.61 (m, IH), 2.44- 2.37 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.17 (m, IH), 1.71-1.70 (m, IH), 1.64-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.45 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. ,3C NMR (MeOD, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 171.0, 169.4, 162.6, 159.7, 140.9, 137.0, 135.8, 127.8, 126.8, 109.6, 102.3, 72.8, 72.7, 72.74, 64.7, 47.3, 44.2, 40.3, 39.1, 30.2, 27.5, 26.7, 25.4, 25.2, 19.5 ppm.
Figure imgf000085_0001
As-6b{6-R)
Synthesis of compound As-6b(6-i?): A solution of ester As-lb (144 mg, 0.372 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in anhydrous THF (2.0 mL) at -78 °C was treated with freshly prepared LDA (0.545 M, 0.545 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via cannula. After 25 minutes, a solution of Weinreb amide R-As-2 (70 mg, 0.224 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was added by syringe. The resulting mixture was then stirred for 25 minutes and the reaction was quenched by addition of sat. Ν¾(¾ solution. Upon warming to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give As-6b(6-*) as a yellow oil in 64% yield (89 mg). R{ = 0.48 (70/30 petroleum ethre/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCh, 400 MHz, 23 °C) 6 = 7.08 (s, 1H); 6.93-6.85 (m, 1 H); 6.17 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H); 5.82-5.71 (m, 1H); 5.61-5.52 (m, 1H); 5.42 (dd, J = 15.6, 6.4 Hz, 1H); 5.27 (s, 2H); 5.17 (s, 2H); 5.14-5.02 (m, 3H); 4.18-4.14 (m, 1H); 4.02 (s, 2H); 3.74-3.68 (m, 4H); 2.37-2.30 (m, 4H); 1.66 (d, / = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.25-1.18 (m, 9H); 0.86 (s, 9H); 0.021 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 6H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 194.3, 166.5, 154.5, 153.8, 144.4, 133.75, 133.72, 132.7, 131.0, 126.0, 120.4, 117.7, 1 17.6, 102.9, 93.9, 93.7, 72.5, 72.4, 64.6, 64.4, 42.7, 41.7, 40.1 , 25.2 (x 3), 19.4, 18.2, 17.5, 15.03, 15.0, -4.23, -4.76 ppm.
Figure imgf000086_0001
Synthesis of Compound As-6b(6- ?)I. A solution of As-6b(6-/?) (34 mg, 0.054 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in toluene (1.0 mL) was degassed for 20 min and heated to 80 °C. Grubbs II catalyst (3.0 mg, 24 μπιοΐ, 0.05 equiv) was added and stirred at 80 °C for 5 hours. After cooling down to 23 °C, the reaction was treated with DMSO (1 1 μL, 60 equiv. to catalyst) for 24 hours. The mixture was passed through silica pad, and washed with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 50/50 and then 25/75. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to afford As-6b(6-/ I in 48% yield (15.4 mg) R/ = 0.3 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) Ή (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) S = 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.69 (m, 1H), 5.87 (d, J= 15.6 Hz, 1H); 5.47-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.33-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 5.18-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.03 (d, J= 17.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86-3.67 (m, 5H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 4H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.23 (m, 6H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.07 (s, 3H), 0.04 (s, 3H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 195.6, 166.8, 154.6, 153.8, 143.6, 135.8, 132.8, 129.9, 126.2, 120.4, 117.8, 102.9, 93.9, 93.6, 72.6, 71.8, 64.8, 64.6, 44.6,
-4.5, -4.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000087_0001
Synthesis of As-7b(6- J). To a solution of As-6b(6-/?)I (1 1.2 mg, 0.0188 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in isopropanol (1.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (37.0 mg, 0.1 128 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and the suspension was heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep. TLC (60/40 EtOAc/ petroleum ether) to afford As-7b(6-/?) in 47 % yield (3.0 mg,) R/ = 0.24 (60/40 EtOAc/ petroleum ether); Ή (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.65-6.57 (m, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 5.73 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 5.42- 5.34 (m, 1 H), 5.27-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.1 1 (m, 1H), 4.08 (d, J= 18 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (d, J - 18 Hz, 1H), 2.49 -2.43 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) S = 198.7, 170.7, 163.1, 159.7, 145.2, 137.1, 131.7, 126.8, 1 16.6, 109.1, 104.0, 73.5, 73.2, 46.9, 41.0, 37.7, 30.7, 18.0 ppm.
Figure imgf000087_0002
Synthesis of the open chain oxime As-9b(6-J?): To a stirred solution of the acyiation product As-6b(6-J?) (85 mg, 0.136 mmol) in pyridine (3.0 mL) at 45 °C under N2, was added hydroxy lamine hydrochloride As-8 (80 mg, 0.408 mmol) in two portions over 48 hours. After evaporation of the pyridine, the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (30 mL) washed sat. NHUCIaq (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2S0 . Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient from 60/40 to 50/50, petroleum ether/EtOAc), afforded the desired compound As-9b(6-/?) (colorless oil) in 53% combined yield (41 mg). More polar isomer (21 mg, colorless oil) Rf = 0.37 (50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13) 400 MHz, 23 °C) (Z)-Oxime δ = 7.06 (s, 1 H); 6.81 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H); 6.29 (m, 1H); 5.86-5.76 (m, 1 H); 5.31 (s, 2H); 5.21 (s, 2H); 5.15-5.07 (m, 3H); 4.59 (s, 2H); 4.16 (m, 1H); 3.86 (s, 2H); 3.89-3.73 (m, 4H); 3.51 (m, 2H); 3.32 (m, 2H); 2.38-2.28 (m, 4H); 1.70 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.68-1.48 (m, 8H); 1.32-1.22 (m, 12H); 0.90 (s, 9H); 0.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 6H) ppm. ,3C NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 166.9, 166.4, 154.1 , 153.2, 152.6, 136.0, 134.4, 134.0, 133.7, 125.6, 121.0, 120.8, 1 17.78, 1 17.7, 102.6, 94.0, 93.8, 73.07, 73.03, 71 .2, 64.7, 64.6, 46.4, 42.9, 42.5, 40.1 , 32.6, 26.4, 25.8 (x 3), 24.6, 19.3, 18.2, 17.57, 17.55, 15.06, -4.23, -4.7? ppm.
Less polar isomer (20 mg, colorless oil) R< = 0.48 (50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) (E)-Oxime δ = 7.08 (s, 1H); 6.15-6.08 (m, 1H); 5.86-5.76 (m, 2H); 5.61-5.50 (m, 2H); 5.31 (s, 2H); 5.21 (s, 2H); 5.19-5.1 1 (m, 3H); 4.69 (s, 2H); 4.01-3.88 (m, 2H); 3.79-3.71 (m, 4H); 3.58-3.55 (m, 2H); 3.41-3.39 (m, 2H) 2.49-3.32 (m, 2H); 2.25-2.12 (m, 2H); 1.65-1.53 (m, 10H); 1.34-1.23 (m, 9H); 0.88 (s, 9H) -0 .034 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 6H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 166.9, 166.4, 154.1, 153.2, 152.6, 136.0, 134.4, 134.0, 133.7, 125.6, 121.0, 120.8, 1 17.78, 1 17.7, 102.6, 94.0, 93.8, 73.07, 73.03, 71.2, 64.7, 64.6, 46.4, 42.9, 42.5, 40.1, 32.6, 26.4, 25.8 (x 3), 24.6, 19.3, 18.2, 17.57, 17.55, 15.06, -4.23, -4.77 ppm.
Figure imgf000089_0001
Synthesis of the protected pochoxime As-9b(6-jR)I. A solution of As-9b(6-.ff) (50.0 mg, 0.066 mmol) in degassed toluene (3.5 mL) under a stream of N2, was heated to 80 °C. To this solution was added Grubbs II catalyst [2 x (0.05 mol %, 3.0 mg)] and the mixture was heated for 8 hours. The solution was cooled to room temperature and then DMSO (31.0 μΐ, 60 equiv respects to the catalyst) was added. The resulting solution was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature, and then filtered over a pad of celite to remove the catalyst. After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, petroleum ether/EtOAc, 50/50), to afford the desired compound As-9b(6-R)I (colorless oil) in 63% yield (31 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Rf = 0.36 (50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCb, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 7.05 (s, 1H); 7.01 (s, 1H); 6.59 (d, J = 16.4 Hz; 1H); 6.07-5.97 (m, 3H); 5.31-5.28 (m, 4H); 5.24-5.21 (m, 4H); 5.12-5.08 (m, 2H); 4.83- 4.73 (m, 4H); 4.28-4.23 (m, 2H); 3.81 -3.72 (m, 8H); 3.60-3.56 (m, 4H); 3.51-3.46 (m, 4H); 2.41- 2.07 (m, 8H); 1.66-1.57 (m, 12H); 1.46 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.38 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.30-1.21 (m, 18H); 0.92 (s, 18H); 0.04 (s, 12H) ppm.
Figure imgf000090_0001
Synthesis of pochoxime As-10b(6-R) To a solution of As-9b(6-R)I (20.0 mg, 0.021 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in methanol (2.0 mL) sulfonic acid resin (1 1 1 mg, 0.34 mmol, 10 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by HPLC (20-80% CH3CN in Water gradient in 50 min, flow: 2 mL/min, DiscoveryR HS CI 8, 5μιη, 5 cm x 10.0 mm) to afford pochoximes As-10a(6-.R) (Z- isomer: 2.4 mg; E-isomer: 2.8 mg). Ή NMR (Acetone- d6, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 6.58 (s, 1H); 6.08 (m, 1 H); 5.59 (m, 1H); 5.41 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H); 5.27 (m, 2H); 4.80 (s, 2H); 4.29 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, lH); 4.22 (m, 1 H); 4.15 (d, J= 17.2 Hz, 1H); 3.54 (m, 4H); 2.56 (m, 1H); 2.32 (m, 1H); 2.18 (m, 2H); 1.66 (m, 4H); 1.53 (m, 2H); 1.40 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm, 3 OH signals are not visible. 13C NMR (Acetone- d6, 100 MHz, 23 °C) 169.21, 167.1, 157.8, 155.1 , 138.6, 137.5, 133.1 , 126.8, 124.7, 123.6, 115.2, 103.6, 74.0, 72.9, 71.8, 46.8, 43.2, 41.1 , 38.3, 35.7, 32.0, 27.3, 26.3, 25.2, 18.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000090_0002
As-6b(6-S)
Synthesis of As-6b(6-5): A solution of ester As-Ib (108 mg, 0.279 mmol, 1.5 equiv) in anhydrous THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was treated with freshly prepared LDA (0.409 M, 0.409 mmol, 2.2 equiv) via cannula. After 30 minutes, a solution of Weinreb amide S-As-2 (58 mg, 0.180 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in THF (1.5 mL) at -78 °C was added by syringe. The resulting mixture was then stirred for 25 minutes and the reaction was quenched by addition of sat. NHtClaq solution. Upon warming to 23 °C, the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over a2S04, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to give As-6b(6-5 as a yellow oil in 62% yield (69.4 mg). R/ = 0.48 (80/20 petroleum ether/ EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 7.13 (s, 1H); 6.97-6.90 (m, 1H); 6.22 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H); 5.86-5.76 (m, 1H); 5.64-5.57 (m, 1H); 5.47 (dd, J = 15.2, 6.8 Hz, 1H); 5.32 (s, 2H); 5.22 (s, 2H); 5.20-5.07 (m, 3H); 4.23-4.18 (m, 1H); 4.07 (s, 2H); 3.80-3.71 (m, 4H); 2.49-2.30 (m, 4H); 1.71 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.30-1.23 (m, 9H); 0.90 (s, 9H); 0.070 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 6H) ppm.,3C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 23 °C) 5 = 194.3, 166.5, 154.5, 153.8, 144.4, 133.75, 133.70, 132.4, 131.0, 125.9, 120.4, 117.7, 1 17.6, 102.8, 93.8, 93.7, 72.5, 71.4, 64.6, 64.4, 42.7, 41.7, 40.1 , 25.8 (x 3), 19.4, 18.2, 17.5, 15.0, 14.97, -4.2, -4.7 ppm.
Figure imgf000091_0001
As-6b(6-S)l
Synthesis of Compound As-6b(6-5 I: A solution of As-6b(6-.S) (34.0 mg, 0.054 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in toluene (1.0 mL) was degassed for 20 min and heated to 80 °C. Grubb's II catalyst (3.0 mg, 24 μιηοΐ, 0.05 equiv) was added and stirred at 80 °C for 5 hours. After cooling down to 23 °C, the reaction was treated with DMSO (1 1 .L, 60 equiv. to catalyst) for 24 hours. The mix was passed through silica pad, and washed with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 50/50 and then 25/75. The combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (90/10 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to afford As-6b(6-5)I in 35% yield (11.2 mg) Rf = 0.3 (80/20 petroleum ether/EtOAc) 'H (CDCI3, 400 MHz, 25 °C) S = 7.1 1 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.69 (m, 1H), 5.87 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1 H); 5.47-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 5.33-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 5.18-5.14 (m, 1H), 4.32-4.28 (m, 1H), 4.03 (d, / = 17.2 Hz, IH), 3.86-3.67 (m, 5H), 2.36-2.25 (m, 4H), 1.36 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.30-1.23 (m, 6H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.07 (s, 3H), 0.04 (s, 3H) ppm. 1JC NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 195.6, 166.4, 154.6, 153.6, 143.4, 135.9, 132.7, 130.3, 125.0, 120.5, 1 17.8, 102.9, 93.9, 93.6, 72.0, 71.8, 64.7, 64.6, 44.5, 40.3, 38.2, 29.6, 25.8 (x 3), 18.1, 15.0 (x 2), -4.6, -4.9 ppm.
Figure imgf000092_0001
As-7b(6-S)I
Synthesis of As-7b(6-.y): To a solution of As-6b(6--y)I (1 1.2 mg, 0.0188 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in isopropanol (1.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (37 mg, 0.1 128 mmol, 6.0 equiv, 3 mmol/g) was added and heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by prep. TLC (40/60 peiroieum ether/EtOAc)to afford As-7b(6-S) in 47 % yield (3.0 mg) R = 0.24 (40/60 petroleum ether EtOAc) Ή (CDC13, 400 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 6.65- 6.57 (m, 1 H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 5.73 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 5.42-5.34 (m, 1 H), 5.27-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.06 ( m, 1H), 4.12-4.1 1 (m, 1H), 4.08 (d, J = 18 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (d, J = 18 Hz, 1H), 2.49 - 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.05-1 .91 (m, 1H), 1.18 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz, 25 °C) δ = 198.7, 170.7, 163.1 , 159.7, 145.2, 137.1, 131.7, 126.8, 1 16.6, 109.1 , 104.0, 73.5, 73.2, 46.9, 41.0, 37.7, 30.7, 18.0 ppm.
Figure imgf000092_0002
Synthesis of the open chain oxime As-9b(6-5): To a stirred solution of As-6b(6-.S (41.5 mg, 0.066 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in pyridine (3.0 mL), at 45 °C under N2, was added hydroxylamine hydrochloride As-8 (38.8 mg, 0.200 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in two portions over 48 hours. After evaporation of the pyridine, the residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (30 mL), washed with sat. NH4C 1 (10 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4. Filtration and evaporation of the solvents under reduced pressure, followed by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient from 60/40 to 50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc) afforded the desired compound As-9b(6-£) (colorless oil) in 53% yield (27 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Rf = 0.57 (40/60 petroleum ether/EtOAc) Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 7.13-7.07 (m, 2H); 6.81 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1H); 6.28-6.21 (m, 1 H); 6.15-6.07 (m; 1H); 5.87-5.72 (m, 3H); 5.62-5.37 (m, 4H); 5.31 (s, 4H); 5.21 (s, 4H); 5.19-5.10 (m, 6H); 4.75 (s, 2H); 4.59 (s, 2H); 4.33-4.31 (m; 2H); 4.15-4.1 1 (m, 1H); 3.99-3.86 (m, 4H); 3.81 -3.71 (m, 8H); 3.56-3.51 (m, 4H); 3.41-3.39 (m, 2H); 3.33-3.31 (m, 2H); 2.44-2.1 1 (m, 8H); 1.70-1.48 (m, 20H); 1.32-1.19 (m, 18H); 0.91 (s, 9H); 0.87 (s, 9H); 0.1- 0.001 (m, 12H) ppm.l 3C NMR (CDC13, 100 MHz, 23 °C) (E/Z isomers mixture) δ = 166.9, 166.7, 166.4, 166.2, 155.1, 154.6, 154.3, 154.2, 154.1, 153.9, 153.3, 153.2, 152.6, 135.9, 134.41, 134.38, 133.98, 133.87, 133.7, 133.5, 132.9, 125.6, 125.2, 121.1 , 120.85, 120.82, 1 17.88, 1 17.78, 1 17.7, 102.8, 102.6, 102.5, 94.0, 93.99, 93.91, 93.8, 93.74, 93.72, 73.3, 73.1 , 73.08, 73.03, 71.6,
71.2, 64.7, 64.6, 64.5, 64.4, 46.4, 46.2, 42.99, 42.94, 42.5, 42.4, 40.15, 40.09, 32.6, 26.5, 26.4,
26.3, 25.9 (x 3), 25.8 (x 3), 25.57, 25.52, 24.6, 24.5, 19.3, 19.26, 18.2, 17.57, 17.55, 15.1 , 15.0, - 4.2, -4.4, -4.6, -4.7 ppm.
Figure imgf000093_0001
Synthesis of the protected pochoxime As-9b(6-S)I. A solution of As-9b(6-5) (56.6 mg, 0.074 mmol) in degassed toluene (3.5 mL) under a stream of N2, was heated to 80 °C. To this solution was added Grubbs II catalyst [2 x (0.05 mol %, 3.15 mg)] and the mixture was heated for 8 hours. The solution was cooled to room temperature and then DMSO (31.53 μΐ, 60 equiv respect to the catalyst) was added. The resulting solution was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature, and then filtered over a pad of celite to remove the catalyst. After evaporation of the solvent under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, petroleum ether EtOAc, 50/50), to afford the desired compound As-9b(6--9)I (colorless oil) in 67% yield (36 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. Rf = 0.36 (50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz, 23 °C) δ = 7.05 (s, 1H); 7.01 (s, 1 H); 6.59 (d, J = 16.4 Hz; 1 H); 6.07-5.97 (m, 3H); 5.31-5.28 (m, 4H); 5.24-5.21 (m, 4H); 5.12-5.08 (m, 2H); 4.83- 4.73 (m, 4H); 4.28-4.23 (m, 2H); 3.81-3.72 (m, 8H); 3.60-3.56 (m, 4H); 3.51-3.46 (m, 4H); 2.41- 2.07 (m, 8H); 1.66- 1.57 (m, 12H); 1.46 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.38 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H); 1.30-1.21 (m, 18H); 0.92 (s, 18H); 0.04 (s, 12H) ppm.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Synthesis of As-10b(6-S): To a solution of As-9b(6-5 I (36 mg, 0.048 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in isopropanol (2.0 mL), sulfonic acid resin (95 mg, 0.293 mmol, 6.0 equiv) was added and heated at 40 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was rinsed with CH2CI2 (5.0 mL) and MeOH (5.0 mL). After removal of solvents under reduced pressure, the residue was purified by flash cromatography (silica gel, 50/50 petroleum ether/EtOAc) to afford the desired compound As-10b(6-Sr) (colorless oil) in 77% yield (19 mg) as a mixture of E/Z isomers in the ratio of 1/1. R/ = 0.69 (30/70 petroleum ether/ EtOAc). The mixture was subsequently purified by HPLC (20-80% CH3CN in Water gradient in 50 min, flow: 2 mL/min, DiscoveryR HS C 18, 5μπι, 5 cm x 10.0 mm) to afford pure As-10b(6-,S): Ή (Acetone- 400 MHz, 25 °C) = 6.45 (s, 1H), 5.95-5.88 (m, 1 H), 5.38-5.31 (m, 1H), 5.18-5.1 1 (m, 2H), 5.05 (dd, J = 15.2 Hz, 8 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.15 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (m, 1H), 4.02 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (m, 4H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 1 H), 2.31 -2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.19-2.16 (m, 1H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.51 -1.38 (m, 6H), 1.24 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm. 13C NMR (Acetone- c 5, 100 MHz, 25 °C) <5= 169.20, 167.0, 158.2, 154.2, 139.0, 138.0, 137.5, 125.5, 123.2, 1 16.0, 109.3, 103.3, 73.5, 73.0, 70.7, 46.8, 43.1 , 40.9, 36.8, 35.7, 31.0, 27.1, 26.3, 25.2, 18.8 ppm.
Figure imgf000095_0001
Synthesis of azide As-12(6-/?): A solution of As-9a(6-5)I (200 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (3.0 mL) was treated with a solution of TBAF in THF (0.42 mL, 1M in THF, 1.5 equiv) at 0 °C. The reaction was allowed to reach room temperature and was stirred for 3 hours. Then the mixture was extracted from sat. NH4Claq solution with EtOAc (3 x 10 mL), washed with brine (15 mL) dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated. Purificaton by flash chromatography column (EtOAc) afforded the corresponding TBS deprotected alcohol As-l la(6-S) in 72% yield (120 mg). The alcohol As-lla(6-5) (1 10 mg, 0.187 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in CH2C12 (5.0 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Triethylamine (130 μί, 0.93 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and methane sulphonyl chloride (58 ί, and 0.748 mmol, 4.0 equiv) were added slowly at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 7 hours at 23 °C and then quenched with sat. aqueous NaHCC and washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4, filtered and the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to leave a yellow residue. The crude mesylate was dissolved in DMF (5.0 mL) NaN3 (204 mg, 3.74 mmol, 20 equiv) was added and the mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 24 hours. Then, the reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, gradient from 70/30 to 50/50 hexane/EtOAc), to afford azide As-12(6-i?) in 74% over two steps (85 mg) as a colourless oil. R/ = 0.3 (50/50 EtOAc/Hexane); Ή NMR (CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.87 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 6,74- 6.72 (m, 2H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.14 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.78-5.60 (m, 4H), 5.40-5.34 (m, 2H), 5.24 (s, 8H), 5.20-5.14 (m, 2H), 4.83 (s, 4H), 4.53 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.13 (m, 1 H), 3.71-3.68 (m, 10H), 3.61 -3.57 (m, 5H), 3.48-3.39 (m, 4H), 3.1 1 (d, J= 14.8 Hz, 1H), 2.52- 2.48 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.17-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.58 (m, 12H), 1.46 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 1.30-1.20 (m, 12H) ppm.
Figure imgf000096_0001
PS - S03H
Synthesis of GlycoPochoxime As-14(6-/i). To the solution of azide As-12(6-/?) (80 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in a mixture of THF: H20 (5.5 mL, 5: 1) was added Me3P (0.52 mL, 4.0 equiv, 1 M in THF). The reaction mixture was stirred at 23 °C for 5 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude amine As-12(6-/?)I was dissolved in CH2C12 (5mL) and cooled to 0 °C, /-Pr2EtN (0.1 mL, 0.65 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and chloroacetic anhydride (0.1 lg, 0.65 mmol, 5.0 equiv) were added sequentially and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous NaHCCb. The organic layer was then washed with brine, dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduce preasure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, 40/60 Hexane/ EtOAc) to give the corresponding chloride in 45.3% over two steps (39.1 mg). R/ = 0.15(1 : 1 EtOAc/Hexane). LC-MS: m/z [M] + calcd. for C33H46CIN3O9: 663.29; found: 662.85. To a solution of tetra- O-acetyl-l -S-acetyl-l -thio-P-D-glucopyranose (72.7 mg, 0.17 mmol, 3.0 equiv) in methanol (2,0 mL), sodium carbonate (93.5 mg, 0.88 mmol, 15.0 equiv) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours; then, chloride (39.1 mg, 0.058 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was added and the stirring continued further for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, neutralized with Dowex 50WX2-100 resin and the solvent was concentrated under reduce pressure. The crude product was dissolved in methanol (3.0 mL) and PS-SO3H (193 mg, 0.58 mmol, 10.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred at 23 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5μηι) column (linear gradient from 70% H20 0.1 % TFA 30% MeCN 0.1 % TFA to 50% H20 0.1% TFA 50% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min) to give thio glycosides As-14(6-i?) in 52% over two steps (Z-isomer: 9.4 mg; E-isomer: 1 1.8 mg). Ή NMR (Z-isomer, CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.69 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1 H), 6.16 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.95-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.46 (m, 1H), 5.29 (dd, J = 15.2, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.13 (m, 1H)S 4.70 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 1H), 3.75 (d, J = 12 Hz, 1H), 3.54-3.45 (m, 5H), 3.38 (t, /= 5.2 Hz, 2H), 3.18-3.17 (m, 4H), 3.14-3.08 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.48 (m, 6H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm (all the OH and NH are not visible); )3C NMR (Z-isomer, CD3OD, 100 MHz) δ 170.3, 169.2, 168.3, 160.3, 158.8, 155.2, 139.3, 137.7, 131.9, 129.3, 120.03, 106.8, 100.8, 85.1, 80.8, 78.1, 72.9, 71.3, 70.9, 69.7, 61.5, 52.6, 45.8, 42.8, 39.0, 38.7, 37.4, 34.5, 32.5, 26.0, 25.3, 23.9, 18.8 ppm.
Ή NMR (E-isomer, CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.21 (s, 1H), 6.19 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.05 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 5.97-5.89 (m, 1 H), 5.67-5.60 (m, 1 H), 5.41 (dd, J = 15.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.29-5.23 (m, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.20-4.15 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J = 11.6 Hz, 1H), 3.66-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.47-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.31 (s, 2H), 2.55-2.51 (m, 1H), 2.44- 2.36 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.62 ( m, 6H), 1.45 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H) ppm, (all the OH and NH are not visible); 13C NMR (Z-isomer, CD3OD, 100 MHz) 5 170.2, 169.1, 168.0, 160.2, 157.9, 137.9, 134.0, 131.8, 129.5, 126.8, 1 10.9, 106.8, 100.6, 85.0, 80.8, 78.0, 72.9, 71.5, 71.0, 70.0, 61.5, 52.8, 48.5, 45.9, 42.8, 39.1, 36.9, 32.5, 28.2, 26.1, 25.3, 23.9, 19.0 ppm.
Figure imgf000097_0001
Synthesis of amine As-13(6-i?). The amine As-12(6-.tf)I (10 mg, 0.017 mmol) was dissolved in TFA/m-cresol 2: 1 ( 100 μ1750 ilS) and stirred at room temperature for 5 min. The reaction mixture was then diluted with 10 mL H20, lyophilized to give amine As-13(6-.K) in a 62% yield (5.0 mg) and purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5μχη) column (linear gradient from 82% H20 0.1% TFA 18% MeCN 0.1% TFA to 64% H20 0.1% TFA 36% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min). Ή NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz) δ = 6.91 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.19 (s, 3H), 6.12 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.91-5.78 (m, 4H), 5.46- 5.40 (m, 2H), 5.29-5.23 (m, 2H), 4.42 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.55 (m, 10H), 3.54-3.49 (m, 7H), 2.69-2.47 (m, 4H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.63-1.62 (m, 6H), 1.47 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 6H) ppm.
Figure imgf000098_0001
Preparation of Acetamide As-15(6- ?). The amine As-12(6- ?)I (20 mg, 0.034mmol) was dissolved in C¾C12 (1.0 mL) and cooled to 0 °C, /'-Pr2EtN (3.8 μί, 0.17 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and acetic anhydride (17.2 μί, 0.17 mmol, 5.0 equiv) were added sequentially and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The reaction was then quenched with aqueous NaHCCb and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04 and evaporated under reduce pressure. The crude acetyl derivative was dissolved in methanol (3.0 mL) and PS-SO3H (56 mg, 0.17 mmol, 10.0 equiv, 3.0 mmol/g) was added and stirred at 23 °C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and evaporated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by HPLC (Agilent 1 100 series HPLC equipped with DAD and with a Agilent ZORBAX Eclipse XDB-C18 (4.6 x 300 mm, 5μηι) column (linear gradient from 70% H20 0.1 % TFA 30% MeCN 0.1% TFA to 50% H20 0.1% TFA 50% MeCN 0.1% TFA in 35 minutes with a flow rate of 2.0 mL/min). to give acetamide As-15(6-#)( 64 % -over 2 steps : Z-isomer: 5.4 mg; E-isomer: 5.8 mg). Ή NMR (Z- isomer, CDC13; 400 MHz) δ = 6.67 (d, J = 16.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.53 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.29 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.08-5.95 (m, 1H), 5.54-5.47 (m, 2H), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1 H), 4.62-4.59 (m, 2H), 4.34 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.55-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.71-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 6H), 1.43 (d, J= 6. 4 Hz, 3H) ppm two OH signals are not visible.
Ή NMR (E-isomer, CDC13, 400 MHz) δ = 6.45 (s, 1H), 6.30 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 5.55-5.50 (m, 3H), 5.41 -5.35 (m, 1H), 4.91 -4.79 (m, 2H), 4.62-4.56 (m, 1 H), 4.37 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.37 (s, 2H), 2.73-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.21 (m, 4H), 1.99 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 6H), 1.44 (d, J - 6.4 Hz, 3H) ppm two OH signals are not visible. Methods for molecular dynamics
The conformational profile of the pochoxime derivatives were analyzed using the approach known to one skilled in the art. Each molecule was simulated by molecular dynamics with the Merck Molecular Force Field (MMFF94) in the CHARMM program, version c31bl . A dielectric constant of 80 was used to simulate the effect of solvent in a simple way. The simulations were carried out at 1000 K during 10 ns and 2000 frames were extracted from the trajectory at 10 ps intervals. The high temperature was used to ensure that conformational energy barriers were crossed. Each frame was minimized by 2000 steps of the steepest descent (SD) algorithm in CHARM, and the MMFF energy was calculated. The resulting 2000 conformations were clustered to determine the main conformations. Starting from the lowest energy conformation as representative of the first cluster, all conformations having a root-mean-square deviation (RMSD) lower than 1 A were grouped into that cluster. The lowest energy conformer of the remaining conformations was taken as the starting point for the second cluster, and the process was repeated until all compounds had been clustered.
Docking of pochoxime derivatives in the HSP90 binding site were performed using three different approaches: Autodock 4, AutodockVina and a developmental algorithm called "Attracting cavities" that will be implemented in EADock. In brief, in the latter, an extended conformation of the Iigand is minimized in the cavities of the protein, starting from different positions and orientations,in an approach similar to that of MCSS. Minimized poses are finally clustered and ranked according to the scoring function of EADock. A detailed description of this algorithm will be the subject of a future communication.
All docking runs were performed using the HSP90 structure (PDB ID 3INW), after removing the ligand. Docking were done in a 30 A3 cubic box centered on the center of the ligand originally present in the 3INW PDB file. Two water molecules present in the 3INW structure were retained in the docking calculations, since they contribute to the existence of hydrogen bond bridges between the phenol functions present in all ligands and residues Asp93 and Ser52 of HSP90.
Autodock calculations were performed using 100 GA runs, each involving a maximum of 12'500'000 energy calculations. Vina calculations were performed using an exhaustivity value of 100. Default values were used for all other parameters.
The 6 new pochoximes, as well as the two ligands present in PDB ID 3INW and 3INX, and radicicol were all docked using two separate series of docking runs. In the first series, docking software were fed with the bioactive conformation for radicicol and the 3INW and 3ΓΝΧ ligands, and with the P-shape conformer for the new pochoximes. In a second series, all docking programs were fed with the bioactive L-shape conformer for all the ligands.
MMFF94:
Halgren, T. A. J. Comput. C em.1996, 17, 616-641.
Halgren, T. A.; Nachbar, R. B. J.Compwi.C/iem.l996, 17, 587-615
Halgren, T. A. J. Comput. Chem.1996, 17, 553-586.
Halgren, T. A. J. Comput. Chem.1996, 17, 520-552.
Halgren, T. A. J. Comput.Chem.1996, 17, 490-519.
CHARMM:
Brooks, B. R.; Bruccoleri, R. E.; Olafson, B. D.; States, D. J.; Swaminathan, S.; Karplus, M. J. Comput.Chem. l983, 4, 187-217
Autodock 4:
Morris GM, Huey R, Lindstrom W, Sanner MF, Belew RK, Goodsell DS, Olson AJ.J Comput Chem. 2009 Dec; 30(16):2785-91.
AutodockVina:
Trott O, Olson AJ.J Comput Chem. 2010 Jan 30; 31(2):455-6l . EADock:
Grosdidier A, Zoete V, Michielin O.J Comput Chem. 2009 Oct; 30(13):2021 -30.
HSP90 Affinity Bioassav
Fluorescence Polarization Hsp90a Competition Assay
Fluoresceine-GA was purchased from InvivoGen and dissolved in DMSO to form a 1 mM solution. HSP90 was purchased from Stressgen (SPP-776F). The assay buffer contained
20 mM HEPES (K), pH 7.3, 50 mM KC1, 5 mM MgCl2, 20 mM Na2Mo04, 0.01% Tergitol® solution Type NP-40, 70% in H20 (Sigma- Aldrich, NP40S). Before each use, 0.1 mg/mL bovine gamma globulin (BGG; Calbiochem, 345876) and 2 mM DTT (Fluka, 43817) were freshly added. Fluorescence polarizations measurements were performed on a Molecular Devices instrument, reading black 96-weU plates (Corning, 3650) from the top of the wells.
Measurements were made with excitation at 485 nm and emission at 538 nm with a cutoff of 530nm. The polarization values were calculated using the equation mP = 1000 x [(IS-ISB) - (Ip- IPB)]/ [(IS-ISB) + P-IPB)], where Is is the parallel emission intensity, lp is the perpendicular emission intensity and Ise and IPB are the values for the background.
Stocks solutions of the compounds were made in DMSO at concentrations of 10 mM. The drugs were serially diluted over a threefold dilution in assay buffer starting from 30 μΜ. GA-FITC and Hsp90 were added at 5 and 25 nM concentrations respectively. Total reaction mixture was of 100 μL·. The plates were shaked at 4 °C for 8 h in the dark and then the FP values were recorded. A window of 100 mP was observed between wells containing protein and tracer and wells containing tracer only. The measured FP values (mP) were plotted against the competitor concentration. EC50 values were determined as the competitor concentration where 50 % ofGA was displaced.
Cellular assay results for the new amino pochoxime compounds - Example
The compounds were dissolved in 100% DMSO to make lOmM stock solutions. HER2+ BT474 breast carcinoma cells were cultured in DMEM/F12 media, supplemented with 10% FBS. Log-phase growing BT474 cells were seeded in 96 well plates at 1.5X10E4 per well. At this cell density, BT474 is expected to reach confluency about 70-80% in 3 days. Different dilutions of compounds or vehicle in 200 μΐ (concentration range 0.004-10 μΜ) were added to the cells and incubated for 72 hours. Upon completion of the incubation, media were gently removed by suction and 100 μΐ of ATPlite solution (Perkin Elmer) was added in each well. Viable cells were measured by detecting luminescence generated from reaction of ATPlite solution and ATP in the cells using a 96-well microplate luminescence reader. Relative luminescence light unit is correlated to the amount of ATP in viable cells. The assays were performed in duplicates. IC50 was calculated using XLfit. The IC50 shown in Table 4 below is the average IC50 from three independent experiments. Table 4. IC50 of the Present Compounds
Figure imgf000102_0001
10]
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000105_0002
Compound 5E 32 (2.8) nM
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Compound 14E 343 (4) nM
Additional proliferation assays were performed for certain exemplified compounds using the methods similar to the one described above in multiple cancer cell lines. IC50 values are shown in Table 5 below.
Table 5. Additional IC50 of the Present Compounds
Figure imgf000109_0002
REFERENCES
[I] P. Workman, F. Burrows, L. Neckers, N. Rosen, Arm. N Y. Acad. Sci. 2007, 1113, 202- 216.
[2] L. Neckers, K. Neckers, Expert. Opin. Emerg. Drugs 2005, 10, 137-149.
[3] T. Taldone, W. Sun, G. Chiosis, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2009, 17, 2225-2235.
[4] L. Whitesell, S. L. Lindquist, Nat. Rev. Cancer 2005, 5, 761-772.
[5] T. Taldone, A. Gozman, R. Maharaj, G. Chiosis, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 2008, 8, 370- 374.
[6] A. Sittler, R. Lurz, G. Lueder, J. Priller, H. Lehrach, M. . Hayer-Hartl, F. U. Hartl, E. E. Wanker, Hum. Mol. Genet. 2001, 10, 1307- 1315.
[7] M. Waza, H. Adachi, M. atsuno, M. Minamiyama, C. Sang, F. Tanaka, A. Inukai, M. Doyu, G. Sobue, Nat. Med. 2005, 11, 1088-1095.
[8] W. Luo, F. Dou, A. Rodina, S. Chip, J. Kim, Q. Zhao, K. Moulick, J. Aguirre, N. Wu, P. Greengard, G. Chiosis, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 2007, 104, 951 1-9516.
[9] P. K. Auluck, N. M. Bonini, Nat. Med. 2002, 8, 1 185-1 186.
[10] W. Luo, A. Rodina, G. Chiosis, BMC Neurosci. 2008, 9 Suppl 2, S7.
[I I] R. Geller, M. Vignuzzi, R. Andino, J. Frydman, Genes Dev. 2007, 21, 195-205.
[12] J. W. Rice, J. M. Veal, R. P. Fadden, A. F. Barabasz, J. M. Partridge, T. E. Barta, L. G. Dubois, K. H. Huang, S. R. Mabbett, M. A. Silinski, P. M. Steed, S. E. Hall, Arthritis Rheum. 2008, 58, 3765-3775.
[13] S. V. Sharma, T. Agatsuma, H. Nakano, Oncogene 1998, 16, 2639-2645.
[14] T. W. Schulte, S. Akinaga, S. Soga, W. Sullivan, B. Stensgard, D. Toft, L. M. Neckers, Cell Stress Chaperones 1998, 3, 100- 108.
[15] L. Neckers, T. W. Schulte, E. Mimnaugh, Invest. New Drugs 1999, 17, 361-373.
[16] G. Chiosis, Y. Kang, W. Sun, Expert Opin. Drug Discovery 2008, 3, 99-1 14.
[17] K. Lundgren, H. Zhang, J. Brekken, N. Huser, R. E. Powell, N. Timple, D. J. Busch, L.
Neely, J. L. Sensintaffar, Y. C. Yang, A. McKenzie, J. Friedman, R. Scannevin, A. Kamal, K. Hong, S. R. Kasibhatla, M. F. Boehm, F. J. Burrows, Mol. Cancer Ther. 2009, 8, 921-929. [18] S. Y. Sharp, C. Prodromou, K. Boxall, M. V. Powers, J. L. Holmes, G. Box, T. P.
Matthews, K.-M. J. Cheung, A. Kalusa, K. James, A. Hayes, A. Hardcastle, B. Dymock, P. A. Brough, X. Barri!, J. E. Cansfield, L. Wright, A. Surgenor, N. Foloppe, R. E. Hubbard, W.
Aherne, L. Pearl, K. Jones, E. McDonald, F. Raynaud, S. Eccles, M. Drysdale, P. Workman, Mol. Cancer Ther. 2007, 6, 1 198-121 1.
[19] E. McDonald, K. Jones, P. A. Brough, M. J. Drysdale, P. Workman, Curr. Top. Med. Chem. 2006, 6, 1 193-1203.
[20] S. A. Eccles, A. Massey, F. I. Raynaud, S. Y. Sharp, G. Box, M. Valenti, L. Patterson, A. de Haven Brandon, S. Gowan, F. Boxall, W. Aherne, M. Rowlands, A. Hayes, V. Martins, F. Urban, K. Boxall, C. Prodromou, L. Pearl, K. James, T. P. Matthews, K.-M. Cheung, A. Kalusa, K. Jones, E. McDonald, X. Barril, P. A. Brough, J. E. Cansfield, B. Dymock, M. J. Drysdale, H. Finch, R. Howes, R. E. Hubbard, A. Surgenor, P. Webb, M. Wood, L. Wright, P. Workman, Cancer Res. 2008, 68, 2850-2860.
[21 ] S. Chandarlapaty, A. Sawai, Q. Ye, A. Scott, M. Silinski, K. Huang, P. Fadden, J.
Partdrige, S. Hall, P. Steed, L. Norton, N. Rosen, D. B. Solit, Clin. Cancer Res. 2008, 14, 240- 248.
[22] K. H. Huang, J. M. Veal, R. P. Fadden, J. W. Rice, J. Eaves, J. P. Strachan, A. F.
Barabasz, B. E. Foley, T. E. Barta, W. Ma, M. A. Silinski, M. Hu, J. M. Partridge, A. Scott, L. G.
DuBois, T. Freed, P. M. Steed, A. J. Ommen, E. D. Smith, P. F. Hughes, A. R. Woodward, G. J. Hanson, W. S. McCall, C. J. Markworth, L. Hinkley, M. Jenks, L. Geng, M. Lewis, J. Otto, B.
Pronk, K. Verleysen, S. E. Hall, J. Med. Chem. 2009, 52, 4288-4305.
[23] G. Chiosis, E. Caldas Lopes, D. Solit, Curr Opin Investig Drugs 2006, 7, 534-541.
[24] S. Modi, A. T. Stopeck, M. S. Gordon, D. Mendelson, D. B. Solit, R. Bagatell, W. Ma, J.
Wheler, N. Rosen, L. Norton, G. F. Cropp, R. G. Johnson, A. L. Hannah, C. A. Hudis, J. Clin. Oncol. 2007, 25, 5410-5417.
[25] J. R. Sydor, E. Normant, C. S. Pien, J. R. Porter, J. Ge, L. Grenier, R. H. Pak, J. A. Ali,
M. S. Dembski, J. Hudak, J. Patterson, C. Penders, M. Pink, M. A. Read, J. Sang, C. Woodward,
Y. Zhang, D. S. Grayzel, J. Wright, J. A. Barrett, V. J. Palombella, J. Adams, J. K. Tong, Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. U SA 2006, 103, 17408-17413.
[26] E. Moulin, V. Zoete, S. Barluenga, M. Karplus, N. Winssinger, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 2005,
127, 6999-7004. [27] S. Barluenga, C. Wang, J. G. Fontaine, K. Aouadi, K. Beebe, S. Tsutsumi, L. Neckers, N. Winssinger, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 2008, 47, 4432-4435; Angew. Chem. 2008, 120, 4504- 4507.
[28] P. Y. Dakas, S. Barluenga, F. Totzke, U. Zirrgiebel, N. Winssinger, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 2007, 46, 6899-6902; Angew. Chem. 2008, 119, 7023-7026.
[29] E. Moulin, S. Barluenga, F. Totzke, N. Winssinger, Chem. Eur. J. 2006, 12, 8819-8834; C. Wang, S. Barluenga, G. K. oripelly, J. G. Fontaine, R. Chen, J. C. Yu, X. Shen, J. C.
Chabala, J. V. Heck, A. Rubenstein, N. Winssinger, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2009, 19, 3836- 3840.
[30] N. Proisy, S. Y. Sharp, K. Boxall, S. Connelly, S. M. Roe, C. Prodromou, A. M. Slawin, L. H. Pearl, P. Workman, C. J. Moody, Chem. Biol. 2006, 13, 1203-1215.
[31] Y. Ikuina, N. Amishiro, M. Miyata, H. Narumi, H. Ogawa, T. Akiyama, Y. Shiotsu, S. Akinaga, C. Murakata, J. Med. Chem. 2003, 46, 2534-2541.
[32] S. Soga, L. M. Neckers, T. W. Schulte, Y. Shiotsu, K. Akasaka, H. Narumi, T. Agatsuma, Y. Ikuina, C. Murakata, T. Tamaoki, S. Akinaga, Cancer Res. 1999, 59, 2931 -2938.
[33] M. Scholl, S. Ding, C. W. Lee, R. H. Grubbs, Org. Lett. 1999, 1, 953-956.
[34] J. Kim, S. Felts, L. Llauger, H. He, H. Huezo, N. Rosen, G. Chiosis, J. Biomol. Screen. 2004, 9, 375-381.
[35] W. Xu, E. Mimnaugh, M. F. Rosser, C. Nicchitta, M. Marcu, Y. Yarden, L. Neckers, J. Biol. Chem. 2001, 276, 3702-3708.
[36] S. M. Roe, C. Prodromou, R. O'Brien, J. E. Ladbury, P. W. Piper, L. H. Pearl, J. Med.
Chem. 1999, 42, 260-266.
[37] L. Wright, X. Barril, B. Dymock, L. Sheridan, A. Surgenor, M. Beswick, M. Drysdale, A. Collier, A. Massey, N. Davies, A. Fink, C. Fromont, W. Aherne, K. Boxall, S. Sharp, P.
Workman, R. E. Hubbard, Chem. Biol. 2004, 11, 775-785.
[38] K. L. Soldano, A. Jivan, C. V. Nicchitta, D. T. Gewirth, J. Biol. Chem. 2003, 278, 48330- · 48338.
[39] M. Spichty, A. Taly, F. Hagn, H. Kessler, S. Barluenga, N. Winssinger, M. Karplus, Biophys. Chem. 2009, 143, 1 1 1-123.
I l l [40] T. E. Barta, J. M. Veal, J. W. Rice, J. M. Partridge, R. P. Fadden, W. Ma, M. Jenks, L. Geng, G. J. Hanson, K. H. Huang, A. F. Barabasz, B. E. Foley, J. Otto, S. E. Hall, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 78, 3517-3521.
[41] K. Richter. S. Moser, F. Hagn, R. Friedrich, O. Hainzl, M. Heller, S. Schlee, H. Kessler, J. Reinstein, J. Buchner, J. Biol. Chem. 2006, 281, 1 1301-1131 1.
All publications and patent applications as mentioned herein are incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
The foregoing detailed description has been given for clearness of understanding only and no unnecessary limitations should be understood therefrom as modifications will be obvious to those skilled in the art. It is not an admission that any of the information provided herein is prior art or relevant to the presently claimed inventions, or that any publication specifically or implicitly referenced is prior art.
Embodiments of this invention are described herein, including the best mode known to the inventors for carrying out the invention. Variations of those preferred embodiments may become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art upon reading the foregoing description. The inventors expect skilled artisans to employ such variations as appropriate, and the inventors intend for the invention to be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein.
Accordingly, this invention includes all modifications and equivalents of the subject matter recited in the claims appended hereto as permitted by applicable law. Moreover, any combination of the above-described elements in all possible variations thereof is encompassed by the invention unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context.

Claims

We claim:
1. A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000114_0001
wherein:
X is O, S or NR;
Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR, -0-(CH2)mCON(R)2, -N(R)2, -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S02R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration,- Z1 and Z2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, OR, N(R)2, SR, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, -S(0)R, -S(0)2R, -S02N(R)2, - N(R)S02R, -N(CO)R, -N(CO)N(R)2, -N(CO)OR, -0(CO)R, -(CO)R, -(CO)OR, -(CO)N(R)2, - 0(CO)OR, or -0(CO)N(R)2;
R3, R4, R5, R6, R8, R9 and R10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, azido, nitro, cyano, aliphatic, alkylaryl, aralkyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, OR, N(R)2, SR, -0(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pR, -0(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pR, -0(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -0(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pOR, -0(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pOR, -0(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -0(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pOR, -0(CH2)m0C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pR, -NR(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pR, -NR(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -NR(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pOR,
-NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)p0R, -NR(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2,
-NR(CH2)m0C(0)(CH2)p0R, -NR(CH2)m0C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mN(R)C(0) CH2)PR, -(CH2)m0C(0)(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mC(0)(CH2)p0R, -(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pOR, -(CH2)mN(R)C(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pOR, -(CH2)mOC(0)(CH2)pN(R)2, -(CH2)mN3, -0(CH2)mN3 -(CH2)mN(R)2, -(CH2)mOR, - (CH2)mS(0)(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mS(0)2(CH2)pR, -(CH2)mS02(CH2)pN(R)2, or - (CH2)mN(R)S02(CH2)pR; and
each R is independently hydrogen, aliphatic, amino, azido, cyano, nitro, alkylamino, dialkylamino, OH, alkoxy, carbonylamino, aminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carbonyloxy, carboxy, acyl, aryl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, or a protecting group; or two R on the same nitrogen are taken together with the nitrogen to form a 5 to 8 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring; wherein where a group contains more than one R substituent; wherein R is optionally substituted, and each R can be the same or different;
m and p are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
the dashed lines between the carbon atoms bearing R9 and R10 indicate either a single or a double bond, where the valence requirements are fulfilled by additional hydrogen atoms; and
L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -O- C(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)- C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-N(R)-, -C(=0)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-C(=0)-, - N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, - C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, -C(=NR)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- 0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R)- C(=S)-N(R)-; and
TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under
physiological conditions; or alternatively, L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group; and
with the proviso that structural Formula (I) does not include the compounds listed in Table X.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein X is O or NR.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR or
-0-(CH2)mC0N(R)2.
4. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R1 and R2 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl.
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, or lower alkyl; and
R2 is hydrogen.
6. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein Rz is lower alkyl, alkoxy-substituted lower alkyl, or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
7. The compound of claim 6, wherein Rz is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, methoxy-ethyl, methoxy-methyl, chloromethyl, or benzyl.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein L-TM is an oxygen or nitrogen-based functional group.
9. The compound of an one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the compound has the formula (II):
Figure imgf000116_0001
wherein,
X is O, S or NR;
Y is -OR, -0-(CH2)mCOOR, -0-(CH2)mCON(R)2, -N(R)2, -N(R)SOR or -N(R)S02R, wherein the groups bound to the nitrogen atom may be in Z- or E- configuration;
Z1 and Z2 are independently hydrogen or -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is optionally substituted alkyl; 1 2
R' and R' are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl;
R3, R4, Rs, R6, R8, R9 and R10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl;
L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -O- C(=0)-, -C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)- C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-N(R)-, -C(O)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-C(=0)-, - N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, - C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, -C(=NR)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- 0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R)- C(=S)-N(R)-; and
TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under
physiological conditions; or alternatively, L-TM is a group an oxygen- or nitrogen-based functional group;
10. The compound of claim 9 wherein the com ound has the formula (Ilia):
Figure imgf000117_0001
wherein,
Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 is H, halogen, or lower alkyl;
R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and
L-TM is an oxygen-based functional group.
1 1. The compound of claim 9, wherein the compound has the formula (Illb):
Figure imgf000118_0001
wherein,
Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 is H, halogen, or lower alkyl;
R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and
L-TM is a nitrogen-based functional group.
12. The compound of claim 9, wherein the com ound has the formula (IIIc):
Figure imgf000118_0002
wherein,
Z1 and Z2 are -(CH2)-0-Rz;
Rz is hydrogen or optionally substituted alkyl;
R1 is H, halogen, or lower alkyl;
R3 and R9 are independently H or lower alkyl; and L is a linkage moiety selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(R)-, -S-, -C(=0)-, -O- C(=0)-, -C(=0)-O, -N(R)-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-, -0-C(=0)-0-, -0-C(=0)-N(R)-, -N(R)- C(=0)-0-, -N(R)-C(=0)-N(R)-, -C(=0)-0-C(=0)-, -C(=0)-N(R)-C(=Oh -C(=0)-C(=0)-, - N(R)-N(R)-, -C(=N-NR2)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-, -C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=N-NR2)-N(R)-, - C(=NR)-, -N(R)-C(=NR)-, -C(=NR)-N(R>, -N(R)-C(=NR)-N(R)-, -C(=S)-, -0-C(=S)-, -C(=S)- 0-, -N(R)-C(=S)-, -C(=S)-N(R)-, -0-C(=S)-0-, -0-C(=S)-N(R)-, -N(R)-C(=S)-0-, and -N(R)- C(=S)-N(R)s and
TM is a targeting moiety that specifically binds with a biological situs under
physiological conditions.
13. A compound selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
119
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000121_0002
Figure imgf000121_0003
Figure imgf000121_0004
120
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000122_0002
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000123_0002
Figure imgf000123_0003
Figure imgf000123_0004
14. A compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds exemplified by Scheme 2 as described in the specification, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or prodrug thereof.
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 14 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
1 . A method of treating a patient with a disease comprising administering to the patient with the disease an effective amount of a compound of claim 1, wherein the disease is mediated by kinases and Heat Shock Protein 90 (HSP90).
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the disease is an autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, neurological or neurodegenerative disease, cancer, cardiovascular disease, allergy, asthma, or a hormone-related disease.
18. The method of claim 17. wherein the cancer is a solid tumor, blood borne tumor, breast, ovary, cervix, prostate, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus, larynx, glioblastoma, stomach, skin, keratoacanthoma, lung, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, bone, colon, adenoma, pancreas, adenocarcinoma, thyroid, follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, sarcoma, bladder carcinoma, liver carcinoma and biliary passages, kidney carcinoma, myeloid disorders, lymphoid disorders, Hodgkin's, hairy cells, buccal cavity, pharynx, Hp, tongue, mouth, pharynx, small intestine, colon-rectum, large intestine, rectum, brain and central nervous system, or leukemia.
19. The method of claim 17, wherein the inflammatory disease is excessive or abnormal stimulation of endothelial cells, atherosclerosis, vascular malfunctions, abnormal wound healing, inflammatory and immune disorders, Bechet's disease, gout or gouty arthritis, abnormal angiogenesis accompanying rheumatoid arthritis, skin diseases, psoriasis, diabetic retinopathy, retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental fibroplasia, macular degeneration, corneal graft rejection, neovascular glaucoma or Osier Weber syndrome.
PCT/IB2011/002796 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies WO2012052843A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020137012551A KR20140021520A (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
RU2013122898/04A RU2013122898A (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pohoxime conjugates applicable for the treatment of pathologies associated with the HSP90, composition and method of treatment using them
BR112013009614A BR112013009614A2 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 pochoxime conjugates useful for treating hsp90-related conditions
CA2812320A CA2812320A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
US13/880,878 US20140031302A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
AU2011319685A AU2011319685B2 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of HSP90 related pathologies
EP11797116.8A EP2630132A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
CN2011800601830A CN103370311A (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of HSP90 related pathologies
JP2013534404A JP2013543840A (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pocoxime complex useful for the treatment of HSP90-related pathologies
IL225371A IL225371A0 (en) 2010-10-22 2013-03-20 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
US14/611,978 US20150374680A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2015-02-02 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
US15/250,742 US20170174669A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2016-08-29 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US40588210P 2010-10-22 2010-10-22
US61/405,882 2010-10-22

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/880,878 A-371-Of-International US20140031302A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies
US14/611,978 Continuation US20150374680A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2015-02-02 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012052843A1 true WO2012052843A1 (en) 2012-04-26

Family

ID=45350425

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2011/002796 WO2012052843A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2011-10-24 Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of hsp90 related pathologies

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (3) US20140031302A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2630132A1 (en)
JP (2) JP2013543840A (en)
KR (1) KR20140021520A (en)
CN (2) CN107011311A (en)
AU (1) AU2011319685B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112013009614A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2812320A1 (en)
IL (1) IL225371A0 (en)
RU (1) RU2013122898A (en)
WO (1) WO2012052843A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015038649A1 (en) 2013-09-10 2015-03-19 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Targeted therapeutics
US9956293B2 (en) 2014-03-18 2018-05-01 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10117944B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2018-11-06 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10232049B2 (en) 2014-03-03 2019-03-19 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10376598B2 (en) 2013-10-28 2019-08-13 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10722525B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2020-07-28 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US11377447B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-07-05 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US11491145B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-11-08 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies comprising targeted therapeutics

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201636329A (en) 2015-02-02 2016-10-16 佛瑪治療公司 Bicyclic [4,6,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10112915B2 (en) 2015-02-02 2018-10-30 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 3-aryl bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as HDAC inhibitors
US10555935B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2020-02-11 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. 2-spiro-5- and 6-hydroxamic acid indanes as HDAC inhibitors
US20230390416A1 (en) * 2020-10-16 2023-12-07 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Compositions for inducing tumor immunity and reducing drug tolerance

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5624677A (en) 1995-06-13 1997-04-29 Pentech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release of drugs delivered by sublingual or buccal administration
WO2002002123A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-10 Trustees Of Boston University Use of geldanamycin and related compounds for prophylaxis or treatment of fibrogenic disorders
WO2009091921A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-07-23 Universite De Strasbourg Synthesis of resorcylic acid lactones useful as therapeutic agents

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5861156A (en) * 1993-01-08 1999-01-19 Creative Biomolecules Methods of delivering agents to target cells
EP0934065B1 (en) * 1996-08-30 2006-06-07 University Of Hawaii Novel cryptophycin derivatives as anti-neoplastic agents
AU731152B2 (en) * 1996-12-13 2001-03-22 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. DC 107 derivatives
ITRM20010079A1 (en) * 2001-02-16 2002-08-16 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti ADMINODERIVATES OF BIOTIN AND THEM CONJUGATED WITH MACROCYCLIC CHELANTS.
TWI381852B (en) * 2005-09-27 2013-01-11 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti Biotin diaminoderivatives and their conjugates with macrocyclic chelating agents
US8329683B2 (en) * 2006-06-02 2012-12-11 Nexgenix Pharmaceuticals, Llc Treatment of neurofibromatosis with radicicol and its derivatives
CN103539769B (en) * 2006-08-11 2016-03-16 斯特拉斯堡大学 As the macrocylc compound of kinase inhibitor and HSP90 inhibitor
WO2009105755A2 (en) * 2008-02-21 2009-08-27 Nexgenix Pharmaceuticals Macrocyclic prodrug compounds useful as therapeutics

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5624677A (en) 1995-06-13 1997-04-29 Pentech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Controlled release of drugs delivered by sublingual or buccal administration
WO2002002123A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-01-10 Trustees Of Boston University Use of geldanamycin and related compounds for prophylaxis or treatment of fibrogenic disorders
WO2009091921A1 (en) * 2008-01-15 2009-07-23 Universite De Strasbourg Synthesis of resorcylic acid lactones useful as therapeutic agents

Non-Patent Citations (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms", 1980, MARCEL DECKER
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", MACK PUBLISHING CO.
"Theilheimer's Synthetic Methods of Organic Chemistry", vol. 1-45, 1991
"Water- insoluble drug formulation", 2000, INTERPHARM PRESS
A. SITTLER; R. LURZ; G. LUEDER; J. PRILLER; H. LEHRACH; M. K. HAYER-HARTL; F. U. HARTL; E. E. WANKER, HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 10, 2001, pages 1307 - 1315
ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 119, 2008, pages 7023 - 7026
ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 120, 2008, pages 4504 - 4507
BEILSTEIN HANDBOOK OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
BROOKS, B. R.; BRUCCOLERI, R. E.; OLAFSON, B. D.; STATES, D. J.; SWAMINATHAN, S.; KARPLUS, M., J.COMPUT.CHEM, vol. 4, 1983, pages 187 - 217
C. WANG; S. BARLUENGA; G. K. KORIPELLY; J. G. FONTAINE; R. CHEN; J. C. YU; X. SHEN; J. C. CHABALA; J. V. HECK; A. RUBENSTEIN, BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 19, 2009, pages 3836 - 3840
CAREY; SUNDBERG: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTY", 1992, PLENUM
E. MCDONALD; K. JONES; P. A. BROUGH; M. J. DRYSDALE; P. WORKMAN, CURR. TOP. MED. CHEM., vol. 6, 2006, pages 1193 - 1203
E. MOULIN; S. BARLUENGA; F. TOTZKE; N. WINSSINGER, CHEM. EUR. J, vol. 12, 2006, pages 8819 - 8834
E. MOULIN; V. ZOETE; S. BARLUENGA; M. KARPLUS; N. WINSSINGER, J AM. CHEM. SOC., vol. 127, 2005, pages 6999 - 7004
FEISER: "Reagents for Organic Synthesis", vol. 1-21, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
G. CHIOSIS; E. CALDAS LOPES; D. SOLIT, CURR OPIN LNVESTIG DRUGS, vol. 7, 2006, pages 534 - 541
G. CHIOSIS; Y. KANG; W. SUN, EXPERT OPIN. DRUG DISCOVERY, vol. 3, 2008, pages 99 - 114
GREEN; WUTS: "PROTECTIVE GROUPS IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS", 1991, WILEY
GREENE ET AL.: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
GREENE ET AL.: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
GREENE; WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1999, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
GROSDIDIER A; ZOETE V; MICHIELIN O., J COMPUT CHEM., vol. 30, no. 13, October 2009 (2009-10-01), pages 2021 - 30
HALGREN, T. A., J. COMPUT. CHEM, vol. 17, 1996, pages 553 - 586
HALGREN, T. A., J. COMPUT. CHEM., vol. 17, 1996, pages 490 - 519
HALGREN, T. A., J.COMPUT.CHEM., vol. 17, 1996, pages 616 - 641
HALGREN, T. A., JCOMPUT.CHEM., no. 17, 1996, pages 520 - 552
HALGREN, T. A.; NACHBAR, R. B., JCOMPUT. CHEM., vol. 17, 1996, pages 587 - 615
HARRISON ET AL.: "Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods", vol. 1-8, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
J. KIM; S. FELTS; L. LLAUGER; H. HE; H. HUEZO; N. ROSEN; G. CHIOSIS, J BIOMOL. SCREEN., vol. 9, 2004, pages 375 - 381
J. R. SYDOR; E. NORMANT; C. S. PIEN; J. R. PORTER; J. GE; L. GRENIER; R. H. PAK; J. A. ALI; M. S. DEMBSKI; J. HUDAK, PROC. NAIL. ACAD. SCI. U S A, vol. 103, 2006, pages 17408 - 17413
J. W. RICE; J. M. VEAL; R. P. FADDEN; A. F. BARABASZ; J. M. PARTRIDGE; T. E. BARTA; L. G. DUBOIS; K. H. HUANG; S. R. MABBETT; M. A, ARTHRITIS RHEUM., vol. 58, 2008, pages 3765 - 3775
K. H. HUANG; J. M. VEAL; R. P. FADDEN; J. W. RICE; J. EAVES; J. P. STRACHAN; A. F. BARABASZ; B. E. FOLEY; T. E. BARTA; W. MA, J MED. CHEM., vol. 52, 2009, pages 4288 - 4305
K. L. SOLDANO; A. JIVAN; C. V. NICCHITTA; D. T. GEWIRTH, J BIOL. CHEM., vol. 278, 2003, pages 48330 - 48338
K. LUNDGREN; H. ZHANG; J. BREKKEN; N. HUSER; R. E. POWELL; N. TIMPLE; D. J. BUSCH; L. NEELY; J. L. SENSINTAFFAR; Y. C. YANG, MOL. CANCER THER., vol. 8, 2009, pages 921 - 929
K. RICHTER; S. MOSER; F. HAGN; R. FRIEDRICH; O. HAINZL; M. HELLER; S. SCHLEE; H. KESSLER; J. REINSTEIN; J. BUCHNER, 1 BIOL. CHEM., vol. 281, 2006, pages 11301 - 11311
L. NECKERS; K. NECKERS, EXPERT. OPIN. EMERG. DRUGS, vol. 10, 2005, pages 137 - 149
L. NECKERS; T. W. SCHULTE; E. MIMNAUGH, INVEST. NEW DRUGS, vol. 17, 1999, pages 361 - 373
L. WHITESELL; S. L. LINDQUIST, NAT. REV. CANCER, vol. 5, 2005, pages 761 - 772
L. WRIGHT; X. BARRIL; B. DYMOCK; L. SHERIDAN; A. SURGENOR; M. BESWICK; M. DRYSDALE; A. COLLIER; A. MASSEY; N. DAVIES, CHEM. BIOL., vol. 11, 2004, pages 775 - 785
LAROCK: "Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 1989, VCH PUBLISHERS
M. SCHOLL; S. DING; C. W. LEE; R. H. GRUBBS, ORG. LETT., vol. 1, 1999, pages 953 - 956
M. SPICHTY; A. TALY; F. HAGN; H. KESSLER; S. BARLUENGA; N. WINSSINGER; M. KARPLUS, BIOPHYS. CHEM., vol. 143, 2009, pages 111 - 123
M. WAZA; H. ADACHI; M. KATSUNO; M. MINAMIYAMA; C. SANG; F. TANAKA; A. INUKAI; M. DOYU; G. SOBUE, NAT. MED., vol. 11, 2005, pages 1088 - 1095
MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 1991, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
MARCH: "ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY", 1992, WILEY
MORRIS GM; HUEY R; LINDSTROM W; SANNER MF; BELEW RK; GOODSELL DS; OLSON AJ.J, COMPUT CHEM., vol. 30, no. 16, December 2009 (2009-12-01), pages 2785 - 91
N. PROISY; S. Y. SHARP; K. BOXALL; S. CONNELLY; S. M. ROE; C. PRODROMOU; A. M. SLAWIN; L. H. PEARL; P. WORKMAN; C. J. MOODY, CHEM. BIOL., vol. 13, 2006, pages 1203 - 1215
P. K. AULUCK; N. M. BONINI, NAT. MED., vol. 8, 2002, pages 1185 - 1186
P. WORKMAN; F. BURROWS; L. NECKERS; N. ROSEN, ANN. N.Y. ACAD. SCI., vol. 1113, 2007, pages 202 - 216
P. Y. DAKAS; S. BARLUENGA; F. TOTZKE; U. ZIRRGIEBEL; N. WINSSINGER, ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED. ENGL., vol. 46, 2007, pages 6899 - 6902
PAQUETTE: "Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis", 1995, JOHN WILEY & SONS
R. GELLER; M. VIGNUZZI; R. ANDINO; J. FRYDMAN, GENES DEV., vol. 21, 2007, pages 195 - 205
S. A. ECCLES; A. MASSEY; F. I. RAYNAUD; S. Y. SHARP; G. BOX; M. VALENTI; L. PATTERSON; A. DE HAVEN BRANDON; S. GOWAN; F. BOXALL, CANCER RES., vol. 68, 2008, pages 2850 - 2860
S. BARLUENGA; C. WANG; J. G. FONTAINE; K. AOUADI; K. BEEBE; S. TSUTSUMI; L. NECKERS; N. WINSSINGER, ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED. ENGL., vol. 47, 2008, pages 4432 - 4435
S. CHANDARLAPATY; A. SAWAI; Q. YE; A. SCOTT; M. SILINSKI; K. HUANG; P. FADDEN; J. PARTDRIGE; S. HALL; P. STEED, CLIN. CANCER RES., vol. 14, 2008, pages 240 - 248
S. M. ROE; C. PRODROMOU; R. O'BRIEN; J. E. LADBURY; P. W. PIPER; L. H. PEARL, J MED. CHEM., vol. 42, 1999, pages 260 - 266
S. MODI; A. T. STOPECK; M. S. GORDON; D. MENDELSON; D. B. SOLIT; R. BAGATELL; W. MA; J. WHELER; N. ROSEN; L. NORTON, J. CLIN. ONCOL., vol. 25, 2007, pages 5410 - 5417
S. SOGA; L. M. NECKERS; T. W. SCHULTE; Y. SHIOTSU; K. AKASAKA; H. NARUMI; T. AGATSUMA; Y. IKUINA; C. MURAKATA; T. TAMAOKI, CANCER RES., vol. 59, 1999, pages 2931 - 2938
S. V. SHARMA; T. AGATSUMA; H. NAKANO, ONCOGENE, vol. 16, 1998, pages 2639 - 2645
S. Y. SHARP; C. PRODROMOU; K. BOXALL; M. V. POWERS; J. L. HOLMES; G. BOX; T. P. MATTHEWS; K.-M. J. CHEUNG; A. KALUSA; K. JAMES, MOL. CANCER THER., vol. 6, 2007, pages 1198 - 1211
SOFIA BARLUENGA ET AL: "Inhibition of HSP90 with Pochoximes: SAR and Structure-Based Insights", CHEMBIOCHEM, vol. 10, no. 17, 23 November 2009 (2009-11-23), pages 2753 - 2759, XP055018604, ISSN: 1439-4227, DOI: 10.1002/cbic.200900494 *
T. E. BARTA; J. M. VEAL; J. W. RICE; J. M. PARTRIDGE; R. P. FADDEN; W. MA; M. JENKS; L. GENG; G. J. HANSON; K. H. HUANG, BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT, vol. 18, 2008, pages 3517 - 3521
T. TALDONE; A. GOZMAN; R. MAHARAJ; G. CHIOSIS, CURR. OPIN. PHARMACOL., vol. 8, 2008, pages 370 - 374
T. TALDONE; W. SUN; G. CHIOSIS, BIOORG. MED CHEM. LETT., vol. 17, 2009, pages 2225 - 2235
T. W. SCHULTE; S. AKINAGA; S. SOGA; W. SULLIVAN; B. STENSGARD; D. TOFT; L. M. NECKERS, CELL STRESS CHAPERONES, vol. 3, 1998, pages 100 - 108
TROST ET AL.: "Comprehensive Organic Synthesis", 1991, PERGAMON PRESS
TROTT 0; OLSON AJ.J, COMPUT CHEM., vol. 31, no. 2, 30 January 2010 (2010-01-30), pages 455 - 61
W. LUO; A. RODINA; G. CHIOSIS, BMC NEUROSCI., vol. 9, no. 2, 2008, pages S7
W. LUO; F. DOU; A. RODINA; S. CHIP; J. KIM; Q. ZHAO; K. MOULICK; J. AGUIRRE; N. WU; P. GREENGARD, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 104, 2007, pages 9511 - 9516
W. XU; E. MIMNAUGH; M. F. ROSSER; C. NICCHITTA; M. MARCU; Y. YARDEN; L. NECKERS, J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 276, 2001, pages 3702 - 3708
Y. IKUINA; N. AMISHIRO; M. MIYATA; H. NARUMI; H. OGAWA; T. AKIYAMA; Y. SHIOTSU; S. AKINAGA; C. MURAKATA, J. MED. CHEM., vol. 46, 2003, pages 2534 - 2541

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10722525B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2020-07-28 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
WO2015038649A1 (en) 2013-09-10 2015-03-19 Synta Pharmaceuticals Corp. Targeted therapeutics
EP3035938A4 (en) * 2013-09-10 2017-04-19 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10828315B2 (en) 2013-09-10 2020-11-10 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
EP3738594A1 (en) * 2013-09-10 2020-11-18 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics having an hsp90 ligand as binding moiety
US10376598B2 (en) 2013-10-28 2019-08-13 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10117944B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2018-11-06 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10232049B2 (en) 2014-03-03 2019-03-19 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US10675360B2 (en) 2014-03-03 2020-06-09 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US9956293B2 (en) 2014-03-18 2018-05-01 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US11377447B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-07-05 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Targeted therapeutics
US11491145B2 (en) 2017-06-20 2022-11-08 Madrigal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies comprising targeted therapeutics

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
RU2013122898A (en) 2014-11-27
CN107011311A (en) 2017-08-04
IL225371A0 (en) 2013-06-27
US20150374680A1 (en) 2015-12-31
KR20140021520A (en) 2014-02-20
US20140031302A1 (en) 2014-01-30
EP2630132A1 (en) 2013-08-28
CN103370311A (en) 2013-10-23
US20170174669A1 (en) 2017-06-22
AU2011319685B2 (en) 2016-02-04
AU2011319685A1 (en) 2013-04-11
JP2013543840A (en) 2013-12-09
JP2017039730A (en) 2017-02-23
CA2812320A1 (en) 2012-04-26
BR112013009614A2 (en) 2016-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2011319685B2 (en) Pochoxime conjugates useful for the treatment of HSP90 related pathologies
ES2651019T3 (en) Useful macrocyclic compounds as kinase and HSP90 inhibitors
KR101835252B1 (en) Synthesis of resorcylic acid lactones useful as therapeutic agents
KR20160062170A (en) Fused heterocyclic compound, preparation method therefor, pharmaceutical composition, and uses thereof
WO2008035629A1 (en) Pyrazolopyrimidine derivative
US8513440B2 (en) Compositions and methods comprising analogues of radicicol A
KR101640951B1 (en) Macrocyclic prodrug compounds useful as therapeutics
US20140135290A1 (en) Macrocyclic prodrug compounds useful as therapeutics

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11797116

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 225371

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2812320

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011319685

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20111024

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013534404

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2011797116

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011797116

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20137012551

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013122898

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 13880878

Country of ref document: US

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112013009614

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112013009614

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20130419